"documentation":"<p>This action aborts a multipart upload. After a multipart upload is aborted, no additional parts can be uploaded using that upload ID. The storage consumed by any previously uploaded parts will be freed. However, if any part uploads are currently in progress, those part uploads might or might not succeed. As a result, it might be necessary to abort a given multipart upload multiple times in order to completely free all storage consumed by all parts. </p> <p>To verify that all parts have been removed, so you don't get charged for the part storage, you should call the <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListParts.html\">ListParts</a> action and ensure that the parts list is empty.</p> <p>For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html\">Multipart Upload and Permissions</a>.</p> <p>The following operations are related to <code>AbortMultipartUpload</code>:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateMultipartUpload.html\">CreateMultipartUpload</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPart.html\">UploadPart</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CompleteMultipartUpload.html\">CompleteMultipartUpload</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListParts.html\">ListParts</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListMultipartUploads.html\">ListMultipartUploads</a> </p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>Completes a multipart upload by assembling previously uploaded parts.</p> <p>You first initiate the multipart upload and then upload all parts using the <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPart.html\">UploadPart</a> operation. After successfully uploading all relevant parts of an upload, you call this action to complete the upload. Upon receiving this request, Amazon S3 concatenates all the parts in ascending order by part number to create a new object. In the Complete Multipart Upload request, you must provide the parts list. You must ensure that the parts list is complete. This action concatenates the parts that you provide in the list. For each part in the list, you must provide the part number and the <code>ETag</code> value, returned after that part was uploaded.</p> <p>Processing of a Complete Multipart Upload request could take several minutes to complete. After Amazon S3 begins processing the request, it sends an HTTP response header that specifies a 200 OK response. While processing is in progress, Amazon S3 periodically sends white space characters to keep the connection from timing out. Because a request could fail after the initial 200 OK response has been sent, it is important that you check the response body to determine whether the request succeeded.</p> <p>Note that if <code>CompleteMultipartUpload</code> fails, applications should be prepared to retry the failed requests. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ErrorBestPractices.html\">Amazon S3 Error Best Practices</a>.</p> <p>For more information about multipart uploads, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/uploadobjusingmpu.html\">Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload</a>.</p> <p>For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html\">Multipart Upload and Permissions</a>.</p> <p> <code>CompleteMultipartUpload</code> has the following special errors:</p> <ul> <li> <p>Error code: <code>EntityTooSmall</code> </p> <ul> <li> <p>Description: Your proposed upload is smaller than the minimum allowed object size. Each part must be at least 5 MB in size, except the last part.</p> </li> <li> <p>400 Bad Request</p> </li> </ul> </li> <li> <p>Error code: <code>InvalidPart</code> </p> <ul> <li> <p>Description: One or more of the specified parts could not be found. The part might not have been uploaded, or the specified entity tag might not have matched the part's entity tag.</p> </li> <li> <p>400 Bad Request</p> </li> </ul> </li> <li> <p>Error code: <code>InvalidPartOrder</code> </p> <ul> <li> <p>Description: The list of parts was not in ascending order. The parts list must be specified in order by part number.</p> </li> <li> <p>400 Bad Request</p> </li> </ul> </li> <li> <p>Error code: <code>NoSuchUpload</code> </p> <ul> <li> <p>Description: The specified multipart upload does not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been aborted or completed.</p> </li> <li> <p>404 Not Found</p> </li> </ul> </li> </ul> <p>The following operations are related to <code>CompleteMultipartUpload</code>:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateMultipartUpload.html\">CreateMultipartUpload</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPart.html\">UploadPart</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_AbortMultipartUpload.html\">AbortMultipartUpload</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListParts.html\">ListParts</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListMultipartUploads.html\">ListMultipartUploads</a> </p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>Creates a copy of an object that is already stored in Amazon S3.</p> <note> <p>You can store individual objects of up to 5 TB in Amazon S3. You create a copy of your object up to 5 GB in size in a single atomic action using this API. However, to copy an object greater than 5 GB, you must use the multipart upload Upload Part - Copy API. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/CopyingObjctsUsingRESTMPUapi.html\">Copy Object Using the REST Multipart Upload API</a>.</p> </note> <p>All copy requests must be authenticated. Additionally, you must have <i>read</i> access to the source object and <i>write</i> access to the destination bucket. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RESTAuthentication.html\">REST Authentication</a>. Both the Region that you want to copy the object from and the Region that you want to copy the object to must be enabled for your account.</p> <p>A copy request might return an error when Amazon S3 receives the copy request or while Amazon S3 is copying the files. If the error occurs before the copy action starts, you receive a standard Amazon S3 error. If the error occurs during the copy operation, the error response is embedded in the <code>200 OK</code> response. This means that a <code>200 OK</code> response can contain either a success or an error. Design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately.</p> <p>If the copy is successful, you receive a response with information about the copied object.</p> <note> <p>If the request is an HTTP 1.1 request, the response is chunk encoded. If it were not, it would not contain the content-length, and you would need to read the entire body.</p> </note> <p>The copy request charge is based on the storage class and Region that you specify for the destination object. For pricing information, see <a href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/pricing/\">Amazon S3 pricing</a>.</p> <important> <p>Amazon S3 transfer acceleration does not support cross-Region copies. If you request a cross-Region copy using a transfer acceleration endpoint, you get a 400 <code>Bad Request</code> error. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/transfer-acceleration.html\">Transfer Acceleration</a>.</p> </important> <p> <b>Metadata</b> </p> <p>When copying an object, you can preserve all metadata (default) or specify new metadata. However, the ACL is not preserved and is set to private for the user making the request. To override the default ACL setting, specify a new ACL when generating a copy request. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3_ACLs_UsingACLs.html\">Using ACLs</a>. </p> <p>To specify whether you want the object metadata copied from the source object or replaced with metadata provided in the request, you can optionally add the <code>x-amz-metadata-directive</code> header. When you grant permissions, you can use the <code>s3:x-amz-metadata-directive</code> condition key to enforce certain metadata behavior when objects are uploaded. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/amazon-s3-policy-keys.html\">Specifying Conditions in a Policy</a> in the <i>Amazon S3 Developer Guide</i>. For a complete list of Amazon S3-specific condition keys, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/list_amazons3.html\">Actions,Resources,andConditionKeysforAmazonS3</a>.</p><p><b><code>x-amz-copy-source-if</code>Headers</b></p><p>Toonlycopyanobjectundercertainconditions,suchaswhetherthe<code>Etag</code>matchesorwhethertheobjectwasmodifiedbeforeorafteraspecifieddate,usethefollowingrequestparameters:</p><ul><li><p><code>x-amz-copy-source-if-match</code></p></li><li><p><code>x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match</code></p></li><li><p><code>x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since</code></p></li><li><p><code>x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since</code></p></li>
"documentation":"<p>Creates a new S3 bucket. To create a bucket, you must register with Amazon S3 and have a valid AWS Access Key ID to authenticate requests. Anonymous requests are never allowed to create buckets. By creating the bucket, you become the bucket owner.</p> <p>Not every string is an acceptable bucket name. For information about bucket naming restrictions, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingBucket.html\">Working with Amazon S3 buckets</a>. </p> <p>If you want to create an Amazon S3 on Outposts bucket, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_control_CreateBucket.html\">Create Bucket</a>. </p> <p>By default, the bucket is created in the US East (N. Virginia) Region. You can optionally specify a Region in the request body. You might choose a Region to optimize latency, minimize costs, or address regulatory requirements. For example, if you reside in Europe, you will probably find it advantageous to create buckets in the Europe (Ireland) Region. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingBucket.html#access-bucket-intro\">Accessing a bucket</a>.</p> <note> <p>If you send your create bucket request to the <code>s3.amazonaws.com</code> endpoint, the request goes to the us-east-1 Region. Accordingly, the signature calculations in Signature Version 4 must use us-east-1 as the Region, even if the location constraint in the request specifies another Region where the bucket is to be created. If you create a bucket in a Region other than US East (N. Virginia), your application must be able to handle 307 redirect. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/VirtualHosting.html\">Virtual hosting of buckets</a>.</p> </note> <p>When creating a bucket using this operation, you can optionally specify the accounts or groups that should be granted specific permissions on the bucket. There are two ways to grant the appropriate permissions using the request headers.</p> <ul> <li> <p>Specify a canned ACL using the <code>x-amz-acl</code> request header. Amazon S3 supports a set of predefined ACLs, known as <i>canned ACLs</i>. Each canned ACL has a predefined set of grantees and permissions. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL\">Canned ACL</a>.</p> </li> <li> <p>Specify access permissions explicitly using the <code>x-amz-grant-read</code>, <code>x-amz-grant-write</code>, <code>x-amz-grant-read-acp</code>, <code>x-amz-grant-write-acp</code>, and <code>x-amz-grant-full-control</code> headers. These headers map to the set of permissions Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html\">Access control list (ACL) overview</a>.</p> <p>You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the following:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <code>id</code> – if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an AWS account</p> </li> <li> <p> <code>uri</code> – if you are granting permissions to a predefined group</p> </li> <li> <p> <code>emailAddress</code> – if the value specified is the email address of an AWS account</p> <note> <p>Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following AWS Regions: </p> <ul> <li> <p>US East (N. Virginia)</p> </li> <li> <p>US West (N. California)</p> </li> <li> <p> US West (Oregon)</p> </li> <li> <p> Asia Pacific (Singapore)</p> </li> <li> <p>Asia Pacific (Sydney)</p> </li> <li> <p>Asia Pacific (Tokyo)</p> </li> <li> <p>Europe (Ireland)</p> </li> <li> <p>South America (São Paulo)</p> </li> </ul> <p>For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region\">RegionsandEndpoints</a>intheAWSGeneralReference.</p></note></li></ul><p>Forexample,thefollowing<code>x-amz-grant-read</code>headergrantstheAWSaccountsidentifiedbyaccountIDspermissionstoreadobjectdataandi
"documentation":"<p>This action initiates a multipart upload and returns an upload ID. This upload ID is used to associate all of the parts in the specific multipart upload. You specify this upload ID in each of your subsequent upload part requests (see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPart.html\">UploadPart</a>). You also include this upload ID in the final request to either complete or abort the multipart upload request.</p> <p>For more information about multipart uploads, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html\">Multipart Upload Overview</a>.</p> <p>If you have configured a lifecycle rule to abort incomplete multipart uploads, the upload must complete within the number of days specified in the bucket lifecycle configuration. Otherwise, the incomplete multipart upload becomes eligible for an abort action and Amazon S3 aborts the multipart upload. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html#mpu-abort-incomplete-mpu-lifecycle-config\">Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket Lifecycle Policy</a>.</p> <p>For information about the permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html\">Multipart Upload and Permissions</a>.</p> <p>For request signing, multipart upload is just a series of regular requests. You initiate a multipart upload, send one or more requests to upload parts, and then complete the multipart upload process. You sign each request individually. There is nothing special about signing multipart upload requests. For more information about signing, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sig-v4-authenticating-requests.html\">Authenticating Requests (AWS Signature Version 4)</a>.</p> <note> <p> After you initiate a multipart upload and upload one or more parts, to stop being charged for storing the uploaded parts, you must either complete or abort the multipart upload. Amazon S3 frees up the space used to store the parts and stop charging you for storing them only after you either complete or abort a multipart upload. </p> </note> <p>You can optionally request server-side encryption. For server-side encryption, Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts it when you access it. You can provide your own encryption key, or use AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) customer master keys (CMKs) or Amazon S3-managed encryption keys. If you choose to provide your own encryption key, the request headers you provide in <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPart.html\">UploadPart</a> and <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPartCopy.html\">UploadPartCopy</a> requests must match the headers you used in the request to initiate the upload by using <code>CreateMultipartUpload</code>. </p> <p>To perform a multipart upload with encryption using an AWS KMS CMK, the requester must have permission to the <code>kms:Encrypt</code>, <code>kms:Decrypt</code>, <code>kms:ReEncrypt*</code>, <code>kms:GenerateDataKey*</code>, and <code>kms:DescribeKey</code> actions on the key. These permissions are required because Amazon S3 must decrypt and read data from the encrypted file parts before it completes the multipart upload.</p> <p>If your AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) user or role is in the same AWS account as the AWS KMS CMK, then you must have these permissions on the key policy. If your IAM user or role belongs to a different account than the key, then you must have the permissions on both the key policy and your IAM user or role.</p> <p> For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/serv-side-encryption.html\">ProtectingDataUsingServer-SideEncryption</a>.</p><dl><dt>AccessPermissions</dt><dd><p>Whencopyinganobject,youcanoptionallyspecifytheaccountsorgroupsthatshouldbegrantedspecificpermissionsonthenewobj
"documentation":"<p>Deletes the S3 bucket. All objects (including all object versions and delete markers) in the bucket must be deleted before the bucket itself can be deleted.</p> <p class=\"title\"> <b>Related Resources</b> </p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html\">CreateBucket</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteObject.html\">DeleteObject</a> </p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>Deletes an analytics configuration for the bucket (specified by the analytics configuration ID).</p> <p>To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the <code>s3:PutAnalyticsConfiguration</code> action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources\">Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations</a> and <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html\">Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources</a>.</p> <p>For information about the Amazon S3 analytics feature, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/analytics-storage-class.html\">Amazon S3 Analytics – Storage Class Analysis</a>. </p> <p>The following operations are related to <code>DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration</code>:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.html\">GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations.html\">ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.html\">PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration</a> </p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>Deletes the <code>cors</code> configuration information set for the bucket.</p> <p>To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the <code>s3:PutBucketCORS</code> action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. </p> <p>For information about <code>cors</code>, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cors.html\">Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing</a> in the <i>Amazon S3 User Guide</i>.</p> <p class=\"title\"> <b>Related Resources:</b> </p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketCors.html\">PutBucketCors</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTOPTIONSobject.html\">RESTOPTIONSobject</a> </p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>This implementation of the DELETE action removes default encryption from the bucket. For information about the Amazon S3 default encryption feature, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-encryption.html\">Amazon S3 Default Bucket Encryption</a> in the <i>Amazon S3 User Guide</i>.</p> <p>To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the <code>s3:PutEncryptionConfiguration</code> action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources\">Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations</a> and <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html\">Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources</a> in the <i>Amazon S3 User Guide</i>.</p> <p class=\"title\"> <b>Related Resources</b> </p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketEncryption.html\">PutBucketEncryption</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketEncryption.html\">GetBucketEncryption</a> </p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>Deletes the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration from the specified bucket.</p> <p>The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, without additional operational overhead. S3 Intelligent-Tiering delivers automatic cost savings by moving data between access tiers, when access patterns change.</p> <p>The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is suitable for objects larger than 128 KB that you plan to store for at least 30 days. If the size of an object is less than 128 KB, it is not eligible for auto-tiering. Smaller objects can be stored, but they are always charged at the frequent access tier rates in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class. </p> <p>If you delete an object before the end of the 30-day minimum storage duration period, you are charged for 30 days. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html#sc-dynamic-data-access\">Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects</a>.</p> <p>Operations related to <code>DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration</code> include: </p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.html\">GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.html\">PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations.html\">ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations</a> </p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>Deletes an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory ID) from the bucket.</p> <p>To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the <code>s3:PutInventoryConfiguration</code> action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources\">Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations</a> and <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html\">Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources</a>.</p> <p>For information about the Amazon S3 inventory feature, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-inventory.html\">Amazon S3 Inventory</a>.</p> <p>Operations related to <code>DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration</code> include: </p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketInventoryConfiguration.html\">GetBucketInventoryConfiguration</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketInventoryConfiguration.html\">PutBucketInventoryConfiguration</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketInventoryConfigurations.html\">ListBucketInventoryConfigurations</a> </p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>Deletes the lifecycle configuration from the specified bucket. Amazon S3 removes all the lifecycle configuration rules in the lifecycle subresource associated with the bucket. Your objects never expire, and Amazon S3 no longer automatically deletes any objects on the basis of rules contained in the deleted lifecycle configuration.</p> <p>To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the <code>s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration</code> action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and the bucket owner can grant this permission to others.</p> <p>There is usually some time lag before lifecycle configuration deletion is fully propagated to all the Amazon S3 systems.</p> <p>For more information about the object expiration, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/intro-lifecycle-rules.html#intro-lifecycle-rules-actions\">Elements to Describe Lifecycle Actions</a>.</p> <p>Related actions include:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html\">PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html\">GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration</a> </p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>Deletes a metrics configuration for the Amazon CloudWatch request metrics (specified by the metrics configuration ID) from the bucket. Note that this doesn't include the daily storage metrics.</p> <p> To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the <code>s3:PutMetricsConfiguration</code> action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources\">Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations</a> and <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html\">Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources</a>.</p> <p>For information about CloudWatch request metrics for Amazon S3, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cloudwatch-monitoring.html\">Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch</a>. </p> <p>The following operations are related to <code>DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration</code>:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketMetricsConfiguration.html\">GetBucketMetricsConfiguration</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketMetricsConfiguration.html\">PutBucketMetricsConfiguration</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketMetricsConfigurations.html\">ListBucketMetricsConfigurations</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cloudwatch-monitoring.html\">Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch</a> </p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>Removes <code>OwnershipControls</code> for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the <code>s3:PutBucketOwnershipControls</code> permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html\">Specifying Permissions in a Policy</a>.</p> <p>For information about Amazon S3 Object Ownership, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/about-object-ownership.html\">Using Object Ownership</a>. </p> <p>The following operations are related to <code>DeleteBucketOwnershipControls</code>:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <a>GetBucketOwnershipControls</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a>PutBucketOwnershipControls</a> </p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>This implementation of the DELETE action uses the policy subresource to delete the policy of a specified bucket. If you are using an identity other than the root user of the AWS account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must have the <code>DeleteBucketPolicy</code> permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account to use this operation. </p> <p>If you don't have <code>DeleteBucketPolicy</code> permissions, Amazon S3 returns a <code>403 Access Denied</code> error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a <code>405 Method Not Allowed</code> error. </p> <important> <p>As a security precaution, the root user of the AWS account that owns a bucket can always use this operation, even if the policy explicitly denies the root user the ability to perform this action.</p> </important> <p>For more information about bucket policies, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-iam-policies.html\">Using Bucket Policies and UserPolicies</a>. </p> <p>The following operations are related to <code>DeleteBucketPolicy</code> </p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html\">CreateBucket</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteObject.html\">DeleteObject</a> </p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p> Deletes the replication configuration from the bucket.</p> <p>To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the <code>s3:PutReplicationConfiguration</code> action. The bucket owner has these permissions by default and can grant it to others. For more information about permissions, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources\">Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations</a> and <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html\">Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources</a>. </p> <note> <p>It can take a while for the deletion of a replication configuration to fully propagate.</p> </note> <p> For information about replication configuration, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication.html\">Replication</a> in the <i>Amazon S3 Developer Guide</i>. </p> <p>The following operations are related to <code>DeleteBucketReplication</code>:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketReplication.html\">PutBucketReplication</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketReplication.html\">GetBucketReplication</a> </p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>Deletes the tags from the bucket.</p> <p>To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the <code>s3:PutBucketTagging</code> action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this permission to others. </p> <p>The following operations are related to <code>DeleteBucketTagging</code>:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketTagging.html\">GetBucketTagging</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketTagging.html\">PutBucketTagging</a> </p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>This action removes the website configuration for a bucket. Amazon S3 returns a <code>200 OK</code> response upon successfully deleting a website configuration on the specified bucket. You will get a <code>200 OK</code> response if the website configuration you are trying to delete does not exist on the bucket. Amazon S3 returns a <code>404</code> response if the bucket specified in the request does not exist.</p> <p>This DELETE action requires the <code>S3:DeleteBucketWebsite</code> permission. By default, only the bucket owner can delete the website configuration attached to a bucket. However, bucket owners can grant other users permission to delete the website configuration by writing a bucket policy granting them the <code>S3:DeleteBucketWebsite</code> permission. </p> <p>For more information about hosting websites, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/WebsiteHosting.html\">Hosting Websites on Amazon S3</a>. </p> <p>The following operations are related to <code>DeleteBucketWebsite</code>:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketWebsite.html\">GetBucketWebsite</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketWebsite.html\">PutBucketWebsite</a> </p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>Removes the null version (if there is one) of an object and inserts a delete marker, which becomes the latest version of the object. If there isn't a null version, Amazon S3 does not remove any objects.</p> <p>To remove a specific version, you must be the bucket owner and you must use the version Id subresource. Using this subresource permanently deletes the version. If the object deleted is a delete marker, Amazon S3 sets the response header, <code>x-amz-delete-marker</code>, to true. </p> <p>If the object you want to delete is in a bucket where the bucket versioning configuration is MFA Delete enabled, you must include the <code>x-amz-mfa</code> request header in the DELETE <code>versionId</code> request. Requests that include <code>x-amz-mfa</code> must use HTTPS. </p> <p> For more information about MFA Delete, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingMFADelete.html\">Using MFA Delete</a>. To see sample requests that use versioning, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTObjectDELETE.html#ExampleVersionObjectDelete\">Sample Request</a>. </p> <p>You can delete objects by explicitly calling DELETE Object or configure its lifecycle (<a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLifecycle.html\">PutBucketLifecycle</a>) to enable Amazon S3 to remove them for you. If you want to block users or accounts from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them the <code>s3:DeleteObject</code>, <code>s3:DeleteObjectVersion</code>, and <code>s3:PutLifeCycleConfiguration</code> actions. </p> <p>The following action is related to <code>DeleteObject</code>:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObject.html\">PutObject</a> </p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>Removes the entire tag set from the specified object. For more information about managing object tags, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-tagging.html\"> Object Tagging</a>.</p> <p>To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the <code>s3:DeleteObjectTagging</code> action.</p> <p>To delete tags of a specific object version, add the <code>versionId</code> query parameter in the request. You will need permission for the <code>s3:DeleteObjectVersionTagging</code> action.</p> <p>The following operations are related to <code>DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration</code>:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObjectTagging.html\">PutObjectTagging</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectTagging.html\">GetObjectTagging</a> </p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>This action enables you to delete multiple objects from a bucket using a single HTTP request. If you know the object keys that you want to delete, then this action provides a suitable alternative to sending individual delete requests, reducing per-request overhead.</p> <p>The request contains a list of up to 1000 keys that you want to delete. In the XML, you provide the object key names, and optionally, version IDs if you want to delete a specific version of the object from a versioning-enabled bucket. For each key, Amazon S3 performs a delete action and returns the result of that delete, success, or failure, in the response. Note that if the object specified in the request is not found, Amazon S3 returns the result as deleted.</p> <p> The action supports two modes for the response: verbose and quiet. By default, the action uses verbose mode in which the response includes the result of deletion of each key in your request. In quiet mode the response includes only keys where the delete action encountered an error. For a successful deletion, the action does not return any information about the delete in the response body.</p> <p>When performing this action on an MFA Delete enabled bucket, that attempts to delete any versioned objects, you must include an MFA token. If you do not provide one, the entire request will fail, even if there are non-versioned objects you are trying to delete. If you provide an invalid token, whether there are versioned keys in the request or not, the entire Multi-Object Delete request will fail. For information about MFA Delete, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/Versioning.html#MultiFactorAuthenticationDelete\"> MFA Delete</a>.</p> <p>Finally, the Content-MD5 header is required for all Multi-Object Delete requests. Amazon S3 uses the header value to ensure that your request body has not been altered in transit.</p> <p>The following operations are related to <code>DeleteObjects</code>:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateMultipartUpload.html\">CreateMultipartUpload</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPart.html\">UploadPart</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CompleteMultipartUpload.html\">CompleteMultipartUpload</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListParts.html\">ListParts</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_AbortMultipartUpload.html\">AbortMultipartUpload</a> </p> </li> </ul>",
"documentation":"<p>Removes the <code>PublicAccessBlock</code> configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the <code>s3:PutBucketPublicAccessBlock</code> permission. For more information about permissions, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources\">Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations</a> and <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html\">Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources</a>.</p> <p>The following operations are related to <code>DeletePublicAccessBlock</code>:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html\">Using Amazon S3 Block Public Access</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetPublicAccessBlock.html\">GetPublicAccessBlock</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutPublicAccessBlock.html\">PutPublicAccessBlock</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketPolicyStatus.html\">GetBucketPolicyStatus</a> </p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>This implementation of the GET action uses the <code>accelerate</code> subresource to return the Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket, which is either <code>Enabled</code> or <code>Suspended</code>. Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is a bucket-level feature that enables you to perform faster data transfers to and from Amazon S3.</p> <p>To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the <code>s3:GetAccelerateConfiguration</code> action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources\">Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations</a> and <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html\">Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources</a> in the <i>Amazon S3 User Guide</i>.</p> <p>You set the Transfer Acceleration state of an existing bucket to <code>Enabled</code> or <code>Suspended</code> by using the <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration.html\">PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration</a> operation. </p> <p>A GET <code>accelerate</code> request does not return a state value for a bucket that has no transfer acceleration state. A bucket has no Transfer Acceleration state if a state has never been set on the bucket. </p> <p>For more information about transfer acceleration, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/transfer-acceleration.html\">Transfer Acceleration</a> in the Amazon S3 User Guide.</p> <p class=\"title\"> <b>Related Resources</b> </p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration.html\">PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration</a> </p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>This implementation of the <code>GET</code> action uses the <code>acl</code> subresource to return the access control list (ACL) of a bucket. To use <code>GET</code> to return the ACL of the bucket, you must have <code>READ_ACP</code> access to the bucket. If <code>READ_ACP</code> permission is granted to the anonymous user, you can return the ACL of the bucket without using an authorization header.</p> <p class=\"title\"> <b>Related Resources</b> </p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListObjects.html\">ListObjects</a> </p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>This implementation of the GET action returns an analytics configuration (identified by the analytics configuration ID) from the bucket.</p> <p>To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the <code>s3:GetAnalyticsConfiguration</code> action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources\"> Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations</a> and <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html\">Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources</a> in the <i>Amazon S3 User Guide</i>. </p> <p>For information about Amazon S3 analytics feature, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/analytics-storage-class.html\">Amazon S3 Analytics – Storage Class Analysis</a> in the <i>Amazon S3 User Guide</i>.</p> <p class=\"title\"> <b>Related Resources</b> </p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.html\">DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations.html\">ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.html\">PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration</a> </p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>Returns the cors configuration information set for the bucket.</p> <p> To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetBucketCORS action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant it to others.</p> <p> For more information about cors, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cors.html\"> Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing</a>.</p> <p>The following operations are related to <code>GetBucketCors</code>:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketCors.html\">PutBucketCors</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketCors.html\">DeleteBucketCors</a> </p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>Returns the default encryption configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. If the bucket does not have a default encryption configuration, GetBucketEncryption returns <code>ServerSideEncryptionConfigurationNotFoundError</code>. </p> <p>For information about the Amazon S3 default encryption feature, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-encryption.html\">Amazon S3 Default Bucket Encryption</a>.</p> <p> To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the <code>s3:GetEncryptionConfiguration</code> action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources\">Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations</a> and <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html\">Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources</a>.</p> <p>The following operations are related to <code>GetBucketEncryption</code>:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketEncryption.html\">PutBucketEncryption</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketEncryption.html\">DeleteBucketEncryption</a> </p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>Gets the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration from the specified bucket.</p> <p>The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, without additional operational overhead. S3 Intelligent-Tiering delivers automatic cost savings by moving data between access tiers, when access patterns change.</p> <p>The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is suitable for objects larger than 128 KB that you plan to store for at least 30 days. If the size of an object is less than 128 KB, it is not eligible for auto-tiering. Smaller objects can be stored, but they are always charged at the frequent access tier rates in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class. </p> <p>If you delete an object before the end of the 30-day minimum storage duration period, you are charged for 30 days. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html#sc-dynamic-data-access\">Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects</a>.</p> <p>Operations related to <code>GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration</code> include: </p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.html\">DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.html\">PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations.html\">ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations</a> </p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>Returns an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory configuration ID) from the bucket.</p> <p>To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the <code>s3:GetInventoryConfiguration</code> action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources\">Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations</a> and <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html\">Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources</a>.</p> <p>For information about the Amazon S3 inventory feature, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-inventory.html\">Amazon S3 Inventory</a>.</p> <p>The following operations are related to <code>GetBucketInventoryConfiguration</code>:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration.html\">DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketInventoryConfigurations.html\">ListBucketInventoryConfigurations</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketInventoryConfiguration.html\">PutBucketInventoryConfiguration</a> </p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<important> <p>For an updated version of this API, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html\">GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration</a>. If you configured a bucket lifecycle using the <code>filter</code> element, you should see the updated version of this topic. This topic is provided for backward compatibility.</p> </important> <p>Returns the lifecycle configuration information set on the bucket. For information about lifecycle configuration, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html\">Object Lifecycle Management</a>.</p> <p> To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the <code>s3:GetLifecycleConfiguration</code> action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources\">Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations</a> and <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html\">Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources</a>.</p> <p> <code>GetBucketLifecycle</code> has the following special error:</p> <ul> <li> <p>Error code: <code>NoSuchLifecycleConfiguration</code> </p> <ul> <li> <p>Description: The lifecycle configuration does not exist.</p> </li> <li> <p>HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found</p> </li> <li> <p>SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client</p> </li> </ul> </li> </ul> <p>The following operations are related to <code>GetBucketLifecycle</code>:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html\">GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLifecycle.html\">PutBucketLifecycle</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketLifecycle.html\">DeleteBucketLifecycle</a> </p> </li> </ul>",
"documentation":"<note> <p>Bucket lifecycle configuration now supports specifying a lifecycle rule using an object key name prefix, one or more object tags, or a combination of both. Accordingly, this section describes the latest API. The response describes the new filter element that you can use to specify a filter to select a subset of objects to which the rule applies. If you are using a previous version of the lifecycle configuration, it still works. For the earlier action, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketLifecycle.html\">GetBucketLifecycle</a>.</p> </note> <p>Returns the lifecycle configuration information set on the bucket. For information about lifecycle configuration, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html\">Object Lifecycle Management</a>.</p> <p>To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the <code>s3:GetLifecycleConfiguration</code> action. The bucket owner has this permission, by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources\">Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations</a> and <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html\">Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources</a>.</p> <p> <code>GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration</code> has the following special error:</p> <ul> <li> <p>Error code: <code>NoSuchLifecycleConfiguration</code> </p> <ul> <li> <p>Description: The lifecycle configuration does not exist.</p> </li> <li> <p>HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found</p> </li> <li> <p>SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client</p> </li> </ul> </li> </ul> <p>The following operations are related to <code>GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration</code>:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketLifecycle.html\">GetBucketLifecycle</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLifecycle.html\">PutBucketLifecycle</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketLifecycle.html\">DeleteBucketLifecycle</a> </p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>Returns the Region the bucket resides in. You set the bucket's Region using the <code>LocationConstraint</code> request parameter in a <code>CreateBucket</code> request. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html\">CreateBucket</a>.</p> <p> To use this implementation of the operation, you must be the bucket owner.</p> <p>The following operations are related to <code>GetBucketLocation</code>:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html\">GetObject</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html\">CreateBucket</a> </p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>Returns the logging status of a bucket and the permissions users have to view and modify that status. To use GET, you must be the bucket owner.</p> <p>The following operations are related to <code>GetBucketLogging</code>:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html\">CreateBucket</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLogging.html\">PutBucketLogging</a> </p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>Gets a metrics configuration (specified by the metrics configuration ID) from the bucket. Note that this doesn't include the daily storage metrics.</p> <p> To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the <code>s3:GetMetricsConfiguration</code> action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources\">Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations</a> and <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html\">Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources</a>.</p> <p> For information about CloudWatch request metrics for Amazon S3, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cloudwatch-monitoring.html\">Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch</a>.</p> <p>The following operations are related to <code>GetBucketMetricsConfiguration</code>:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketMetricsConfiguration.html\">PutBucketMetricsConfiguration</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration.html\">DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketMetricsConfigurations.html\">ListBucketMetricsConfigurations</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cloudwatch-monitoring.html\">Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch</a> </p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p> No longer used, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketNotificationConfiguration.html\">GetBucketNotificationConfiguration</a>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Returns the notification configuration of a bucket.</p> <p>If notifications are not enabled on the bucket, the action returns an empty <code>NotificationConfiguration</code> element.</p> <p>By default, you must be the bucket owner to read the notification configuration of a bucket. However, the bucket owner can use a bucket policy to grant permission to other users to read this configuration with the <code>s3:GetBucketNotification</code> permission.</p> <p>For more information about setting and reading the notification configuration on a bucket, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html\">Setting Up Notification of Bucket Events</a>. For more information about bucket policies, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-iam-policies.html\">Using Bucket Policies</a>.</p> <p>The following action is related to <code>GetBucketNotification</code>:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketNotification.html\">PutBucketNotification</a> </p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>Retrieves <code>OwnershipControls</code> for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the <code>s3:GetBucketOwnershipControls</code> permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html\">Specifying Permissions in a Policy</a>. </p> <p>For information about Amazon S3 Object Ownership, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/about-object-ownership.html\">Using Object Ownership</a>. </p> <p>The following operations are related to <code>GetBucketOwnershipControls</code>:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <a>PutBucketOwnershipControls</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a>DeleteBucketOwnershipControls</a> </p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>Returns the policy of a specified bucket. If you are using an identity other than the root user of the AWS account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must have the <code>GetBucketPolicy</code> permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation.</p> <p>If you don't have <code>GetBucketPolicy</code> permissions, Amazon S3 returns a <code>403 Access Denied</code> error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a <code>405 Method Not Allowed</code> error.</p> <important> <p>As a security precaution, the root user of the AWS account that owns a bucket can always use this operation, even if the policy explicitly denies the root user the ability to perform this action.</p> </important> <p>For more information about bucket policies, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-iam-policies.html\">Using Bucket Policies and User Policies</a>.</p> <p>The following action is related to <code>GetBucketPolicy</code>:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html\">GetObject</a> </p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>Retrieves the policy status for an Amazon S3 bucket, indicating whether the bucket is public. In order to use this operation, you must have the <code>s3:GetBucketPolicyStatus</code> permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html\">Specifying Permissions in a Policy</a>.</p> <p> For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket public, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html#access-control-block-public-access-policy-status\">The Meaning of \"Public\"</a>. </p> <p>The following operations are related to <code>GetBucketPolicyStatus</code>:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html\">Using Amazon S3 Block Public Access</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetPublicAccessBlock.html\">GetPublicAccessBlock</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutPublicAccessBlock.html\">PutPublicAccessBlock</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeletePublicAccessBlock.html\">DeletePublicAccessBlock</a> </p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>Returns the replication configuration of a bucket.</p> <note> <p> It can take a while to propagate the put or delete a replication configuration to all Amazon S3 systems. Therefore, a get request soon after put or delete can return a wrong result. </p> </note> <p> For information about replication configuration, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication.html\">Replication</a> in the <i>Amazon S3 User Guide</i>.</p> <p>This action requires permissions for the <code>s3:GetReplicationConfiguration</code> action. For more information about permissions, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-iam-policies.html\">Using Bucket Policies and User Policies</a>.</p> <p>If you include the <code>Filter</code> element in a replication configuration, you must also include the <code>DeleteMarkerReplication</code> and <code>Priority</code> elements. The response also returns those elements.</p> <p>For information about <code>GetBucketReplication</code> errors, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html#ReplicationErrorCodeList\">List of replication-related error codes</a> </p> <p>The following operations are related to <code>GetBucketReplication</code>:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketReplication.html\">PutBucketReplication</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketReplication.html\">DeleteBucketReplication</a> </p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>Returns the request payment configuration of a bucket. To use this version of the operation, you must be the bucket owner. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RequesterPaysBuckets.html\">Requester Pays Buckets</a>.</p> <p>The following operations are related to <code>GetBucketRequestPayment</code>:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListObjects.html\">ListObjects</a> </p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>Returns the tag set associated with the bucket.</p> <p>To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the <code>s3:GetBucketTagging</code> action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this permission to others.</p> <p> <code>GetBucketTagging</code> has the following special error:</p> <ul> <li> <p>Error code: <code>NoSuchTagSetError</code> </p> <ul> <li> <p>Description: There is no tag set associated with the bucket.</p> </li> </ul> </li> </ul> <p>The following operations are related to <code>GetBucketTagging</code>:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketTagging.html\">PutBucketTagging</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketTagging.html\">DeleteBucketTagging</a> </p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>Returns the versioning state of a bucket.</p> <p>To retrieve the versioning state of a bucket, you must be the bucket owner.</p> <p>This implementation also returns the MFA Delete status of the versioning state. If the MFA Delete status is <code>enabled</code>, the bucket owner must use an authentication device to change the versioning state of the bucket.</p> <p>The following operations are related to <code>GetBucketVersioning</code>:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html\">GetObject</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObject.html\">PutObject</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteObject.html\">DeleteObject</a> </p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>Returns the website configuration for a bucket. To host website on Amazon S3, you can configure a bucket as website by adding a website configuration. For more information about hosting websites, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/WebsiteHosting.html\">Hosting Websites on Amazon S3</a>. </p> <p>This GET action requires the <code>S3:GetBucketWebsite</code> permission. By default, only the bucket owner can read the bucket website configuration. However, bucket owners can allow other users to read the website configuration by writing a bucket policy granting them the <code>S3:GetBucketWebsite</code> permission.</p> <p>The following operations are related to <code>DeleteBucketWebsite</code>:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketWebsite.html\">DeleteBucketWebsite</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketWebsite.html\">PutBucketWebsite</a> </p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>Retrieves objects from Amazon S3. To use <code>GET</code>, you must have <code>READ</code> access to the object. If you grant <code>READ</code> access to the anonymous user, you can return the object without using an authorization header.</p> <p>An Amazon S3 bucket has no directory hierarchy such as you would find in a typical computer file system. You can, however, create a logical hierarchy by using object key names that imply a folder structure. For example, instead of naming an object <code>sample.jpg</code>, you can name it <code>photos/2006/February/sample.jpg</code>.</p> <p>To get an object from such a logical hierarchy, specify the full key name for the object in the <code>GET</code> operation. For a virtual hosted-style request example, if you have the object <code>photos/2006/February/sample.jpg</code>, specify the resource as <code>/photos/2006/February/sample.jpg</code>. For a path-style request example, if you have the object <code>photos/2006/February/sample.jpg</code> in the bucket named <code>examplebucket</code>, specify the resource as <code>/examplebucket/photos/2006/February/sample.jpg</code>. For more information about request types, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/VirtualHosting.html#VirtualHostingSpecifyBucket\">HTTP Host Header Bucket Specification</a>.</p> <p>To distribute large files to many people, you can save bandwidth costs by using BitTorrent. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3Torrent.html\">Amazon S3 Torrent</a>. For more information about returning the ACL of an object, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectAcl.html\">GetObjectAcl</a>.</p> <p>If the object you are retrieving is stored in the S3 Glacier or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tiers, before you can retrieve the object you must first restore a copy using <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_RestoreObject.html\">RestoreObject</a>. Otherwise, this action returns an <code>InvalidObjectStateError</code> error. For information about restoring archived objects, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/restoring-objects.html\">Restoring Archived Objects</a>.</p> <p>Encryption request headers, like <code>x-amz-server-side-encryption</code>, should not be sent for GET requests if your object uses server-side encryption with CMKs stored in AWS KMS (SSE-KMS) or server-side encryption with Amazon S3–managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). If your object does use these types of keys, you’ll get an HTTP 400 BadRequest error.</p> <p>If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when you GET the object, you must use the following headers:</p> <ul> <li> <p>x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm</p> </li> <li> <p>x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key</p> </li> <li> <p>x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5</p> </li> </ul> <p>For more information about SSE-C, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html\">Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys)</a>.</p> <p>Assuming you have permission to read object tags (permission for the <code>s3:GetObjectVersionTagging</code> action), the response also returns the <code>x-amz-tagging-count</code> header that provides the count of number of tags associated with the object. You can use <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectTagging.html\">GetObjectTagging</a> to retrieve the tag set associated with an object.</p> <p> <b>Permissions</b> </p> <p>You need the <code>s3:GetObject</code> permission for this operation. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html\">SpecifyingPermissionsinaPolicy</a>.Iftheobjectyourequestdoesnotexist,theerrorAmaz
"documentation":"<p>Returns the access control list (ACL) of an object. To use this operation, you must have <code>READ_ACP</code> access to the object.</p> <p>This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.</p> <p> <b>Versioning</b> </p> <p>By default, GET returns ACL information about the current version of an object. To return ACL information about a different version, use the versionId subresource.</p> <p>The following operations are related to <code>GetObjectAcl</code>:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html\">GetObject</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteObject.html\">DeleteObject</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObject.html\">PutObject</a> </p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>Gets an object's current Legal Hold status. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html\">Locking Objects</a>.</p> <p>This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>Gets the Object Lock configuration for a bucket. The rule specified in the Object Lock configuration will be applied by default to every new object placed in the specified bucket. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html\">Locking Objects</a>.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>Retrieves an object's retention settings. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html\">Locking Objects</a>.</p> <p>This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>Returns the tag-set of an object. You send the GET request against the tagging subresource associated with the object.</p> <p>To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the <code>s3:GetObjectTagging</code> action. By default, the GET action returns information about current version of an object. For a versioned bucket, you can have multiple versions of an object in your bucket. To retrieve tags of any other version, use the versionId query parameter. You also need permission for the <code>s3:GetObjectVersionTagging</code> action.</p> <p> By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this permission to others.</p> <p> For information about the Amazon S3 object tagging feature, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-tagging.html\">Object Tagging</a>.</p> <p>The following action is related to <code>GetObjectTagging</code>:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObjectTagging.html\">PutObjectTagging</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteObjectTagging.html\">DeleteObjectTagging</a> </p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>Returns torrent files from a bucket. BitTorrent can save you bandwidth when you're distributing large files. For more information about BitTorrent, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3Torrent.html\">Using BitTorrent with Amazon S3</a>.</p> <note> <p>You can get torrent only for objects that are less than 5 GB in size, and that are not encrypted using server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key.</p> </note> <p>To use GET, you must have READ access to the object.</p> <p>This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.</p> <p>The following action is related to <code>GetObjectTorrent</code>:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html\">GetObject</a> </p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>Retrieves the <code>PublicAccessBlock</code> configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the <code>s3:GetBucketPublicAccessBlock</code> permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html\">Specifying Permissions in a Policy</a>.</p> <important> <p>When Amazon S3 evaluates the <code>PublicAccessBlock</code> configuration for a bucket or an object, it checks the <code>PublicAccessBlock</code> configuration for both the bucket (or the bucket that contains the object) and the bucket owner's account. If the <code>PublicAccessBlock</code> settings are different between the bucket and the account, Amazon S3 uses the most restrictive combination of the bucket-level and account-level settings.</p> </important> <p>For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket or an object public, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html#access-control-block-public-access-policy-status\">The Meaning of \"Public\"</a>.</p> <p>The following operations are related to <code>GetPublicAccessBlock</code>:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html\">Using Amazon S3 Block Public Access</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutPublicAccessBlock.html\">PutPublicAccessBlock</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetPublicAccessBlock.html\">GetPublicAccessBlock</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeletePublicAccessBlock.html\">DeletePublicAccessBlock</a> </p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>This action is useful to determine if a bucket exists and you have permission to access it. The action returns a <code>200 OK</code> if the bucket exists and you have permission to access it.</p> <p>If the bucket does not exist or you do not have permission to access it, the <code>HEAD</code> request returns a generic <code>404 Not Found</code> or <code>403 Forbidden</code> code. A message body is not included, so you cannot determine the exception beyond these error codes.</p> <p>To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the <code>s3:ListBucket</code> action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources\">Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations</a> and <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html\">Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources</a>.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>The HEAD action retrieves metadata from an object without returning the object itself. This action is useful if you're only interested in an object's metadata. To use HEAD, you must have READ access to the object.</p> <p>A <code>HEAD</code> request has the same options as a <code>GET</code> action on an object. The response is identical to the <code>GET</code> response except that there is no response body. Because of this, if the <code>HEAD</code> request generates an error, it returns a generic <code>404 Not Found</code> or <code>403 Forbidden</code> code. It is not possible to retrieve the exact exception beyond these error codes.</p> <p>If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when you retrieve the metadata from the object, you must use the following headers:</p> <ul> <li> <p>x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm</p> </li> <li> <p>x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key</p> </li> <li> <p>x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5</p> </li> </ul> <p>For more information about SSE-C, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html\">Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys)</a>.</p> <note> <ul> <li> <p>Encryption request headers, like <code>x-amz-server-side-encryption</code>, should not be sent for GET requests if your object uses server-side encryption with CMKs stored in AWS KMS (SSE-KMS) or server-side encryption with Amazon S3–managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). If your object does use these types of keys, you’ll get an HTTP 400 BadRequest error.</p> </li> <li> <p> The last modified property in this case is the creation date of the object.</p> </li> </ul> </note> <p>Request headers are limited to 8 KB in size. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTCommonRequestHeaders.html\">Common Request Headers</a>.</p> <p>Consider the following when using request headers:</p> <ul> <li> <p> Consideration 1 – If both of the <code>If-Match</code> and <code>If-Unmodified-Since</code> headers are present in the request as follows:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <code>If-Match</code> condition evaluates to <code>true</code>, and;</p> </li> <li> <p> <code>If-Unmodified-Since</code> condition evaluates to <code>false</code>;</p> </li> </ul> <p>Then Amazon S3 returns <code>200 OK</code> and the data requested.</p> </li> <li> <p> Consideration 2 – If both of the <code>If-None-Match</code> and <code>If-Modified-Since</code> headers are present in the request as follows:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <code>If-None-Match</code> condition evaluates to <code>false</code>, and;</p> </li> <li> <p> <code>If-Modified-Since</code> condition evaluates to <code>true</code>;</p> </li> </ul> <p>Then Amazon S3 returns the <code>304 Not Modified</code> response code.</p> </li> </ul> <p>For more information about conditional requests, see <a href=\"https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7232\">RFC 7232</a>.</p> <p> <b>Permissions</b> </p> <p>You need the <code>s3:GetObject</code> permission for this operation. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html\">Specifying Permissions in a Policy</a>. If the object you request does not exist, the error Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.</p> <ul> <li> <p>If you have the <code>s3:ListBucket</code> permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 404 (\"no such key\") error.</p> </li> <li> <p>If you don’t have the <code>s3:ListBucket</code> permission, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 403 (\"access denied\") error.</p> </li> </ul> <p>The following action is related to <code>HeadObject</code>:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html\">GetObject</a> </p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>Lists the analytics configurations for the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 analytics configurations per bucket.</p> <p>This action supports list pagination and does not return more than 100 configurations at a time. You should always check the <code>IsTruncated</code> element in the response. If there are no more configurations to list, <code>IsTruncated</code> is set to false. If there are more configurations to list, <code>IsTruncated</code> is set to true, and there will be a value in <code>NextContinuationToken</code>. You use the <code>NextContinuationToken</code> value to continue the pagination of the list by passing the value in continuation-token in the request to <code>GET</code> the next page.</p> <p>To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the <code>s3:GetAnalyticsConfiguration</code> action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources\">Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations</a> and <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html\">Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources</a>.</p> <p>For information about Amazon S3 analytics feature, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/analytics-storage-class.html\">Amazon S3 Analytics – Storage Class Analysis</a>. </p> <p>The following operations are related to <code>ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations</code>:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.html\">GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.html\">DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.html\">PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration</a> </p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>Lists the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration from the specified bucket.</p> <p>The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, without additional operational overhead. S3 Intelligent-Tiering delivers automatic cost savings by moving data between access tiers, when access patterns change.</p> <p>The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is suitable for objects larger than 128 KB that you plan to store for at least 30 days. If the size of an object is less than 128 KB, it is not eligible for auto-tiering. Smaller objects can be stored, but they are always charged at the frequent access tier rates in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class. </p> <p>If you delete an object before the end of the 30-day minimum storage duration period, you are charged for 30 days. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html#sc-dynamic-data-access\">Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects</a>.</p> <p>Operations related to <code>ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations</code> include: </p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.html\">DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.html\">PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.html\">GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration</a> </p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>Returns a list of inventory configurations for the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 analytics configurations per bucket.</p> <p>This action supports list pagination and does not return more than 100 configurations at a time. Always check the <code>IsTruncated</code> element in the response. If there are no more configurations to list, <code>IsTruncated</code> is set to false. If there are more configurations to list, <code>IsTruncated</code> is set to true, and there is a value in <code>NextContinuationToken</code>. You use the <code>NextContinuationToken</code> value to continue the pagination of the list by passing the value in continuation-token in the request to <code>GET</code> the next page.</p> <p> To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the <code>s3:GetInventoryConfiguration</code> action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources\">Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations</a> and <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html\">Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources</a>.</p> <p>For information about the Amazon S3 inventory feature, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-inventory.html\">Amazon S3 Inventory</a> </p> <p>The following operations are related to <code>ListBucketInventoryConfigurations</code>:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketInventoryConfiguration.html\">GetBucketInventoryConfiguration</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration.html\">DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketInventoryConfiguration.html\">PutBucketInventoryConfiguration</a> </p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>Lists the metrics configurations for the bucket. The metrics configurations are only for the request metrics of the bucket and do not provide information on daily storage metrics. You can have up to 1,000 configurations per bucket.</p> <p>This action supports list pagination and does not return more than 100 configurations at a time. Always check the <code>IsTruncated</code> element in the response. If there are no more configurations to list, <code>IsTruncated</code> is set to false. If there are more configurations to list, <code>IsTruncated</code> is set to true, and there is a value in <code>NextContinuationToken</code>. You use the <code>NextContinuationToken</code> value to continue the pagination of the list by passing the value in <code>continuation-token</code> in the request to <code>GET</code> the next page.</p> <p>To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the <code>s3:GetMetricsConfiguration</code> action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources\">Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations</a> and <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html\">Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources</a>.</p> <p>For more information about metrics configurations and CloudWatch request metrics, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cloudwatch-monitoring.html\">Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch</a>.</p> <p>The following operations are related to <code>ListBucketMetricsConfigurations</code>:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketMetricsConfiguration.html\">PutBucketMetricsConfiguration</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketMetricsConfiguration.html\">GetBucketMetricsConfiguration</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration.html\">DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration</a> </p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>This action lists in-progress multipart uploads. An in-progress multipart upload is a multipart upload that has been initiated using the Initiate Multipart Upload request, but has not yet been completed or aborted.</p> <p>This action returns at most 1,000 multipart uploads in the response. 1,000 multipart uploads is the maximum number of uploads a response can include, which is also the default value. You can further limit the number of uploads in a response by specifying the <code>max-uploads</code> parameter in the response. If additional multipart uploads satisfy the list criteria, the response will contain an <code>IsTruncated</code> element with the value true. To list the additional multipart uploads, use the <code>key-marker</code> and <code>upload-id-marker</code> request parameters.</p> <p>In the response, the uploads are sorted by key. If your application has initiated more than one multipart upload using the same object key, then uploads in the response are first sorted by key. Additionally, uploads are sorted in ascending order within each key by the upload initiation time.</p> <p>For more information on multipart uploads, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/uploadobjusingmpu.html\">Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload</a>.</p> <p>For information on permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html\">Multipart Upload and Permissions</a>.</p> <p>The following operations are related to <code>ListMultipartUploads</code>:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateMultipartUpload.html\">CreateMultipartUpload</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPart.html\">UploadPart</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CompleteMultipartUpload.html\">CompleteMultipartUpload</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListParts.html\">ListParts</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_AbortMultipartUpload.html\">AbortMultipartUpload</a> </p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>Returns metadata about all versions of the objects in a bucket. You can also use request parameters as selection criteria to return metadata about a subset of all the object versions. </p> <note> <p> A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Make sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately.</p> </note> <p>To use this operation, you must have READ access to the bucket.</p> <p>This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.</p> <p>The following operations are related to <code>ListObjectVersions</code>:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListObjectsV2.html\">ListObjectsV2</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html\">GetObject</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObject.html\">PutObject</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteObject.html\">DeleteObject</a> </p> </li> </ul>",
"documentation":"<p>Returns some or all (up to 1,000) of the objects in a bucket. You can use the request parameters as selection criteria to return a subset of the objects in a bucket. A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Be sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately.</p> <important> <p>This action has been revised. We recommend that you use the newer version, <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListObjectsV2.html\">ListObjectsV2</a>, when developing applications. For backward compatibility, Amazon S3 continues to support <code>ListObjects</code>.</p> </important> <p>The following operations are related to <code>ListObjects</code>:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListObjectsV2.html\">ListObjectsV2</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html\">GetObject</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObject.html\">PutObject</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html\">CreateBucket</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBuckets.html\">ListBuckets</a> </p> </li> </ul>",
"documentation":"<p>Returns some or all (up to 1,000) of the objects in a bucket. You can use the request parameters as selection criteria to return a subset of the objects in a bucket. A <code>200 OK</code> response can contain valid or invalid XML. Make sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately. Objects are returned sorted in an ascending order of the respective key names in the list.</p> <p>To use this operation, you must have READ access to the bucket.</p> <p>To use this action in an AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, you must have permissions to perform the <code>s3:ListBucket</code> action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources\">Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations</a> and <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html\">Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources</a>.</p> <important> <p>This section describes the latest revision of this action. We recommend that you use this revised API for application development. For backward compatibility, Amazon S3 continues to support the prior version of this API, <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListObjects.html\">ListObjects</a>.</p> </important> <p>To get a list of your buckets, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBuckets.html\">ListBuckets</a>.</p> <p>The following operations are related to <code>ListObjectsV2</code>:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html\">GetObject</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObject.html\">PutObject</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html\">CreateBucket</a> </p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>Lists the parts that have been uploaded for a specific multipart upload. This operation must include the upload ID, which you obtain by sending the initiate multipart upload request (see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateMultipartUpload.html\">CreateMultipartUpload</a>). This request returns a maximum of 1,000 uploaded parts. The default number of parts returned is 1,000 parts. You can restrict the number of parts returned by specifying the <code>max-parts</code> request parameter. If your multipart upload consists of more than 1,000 parts, the response returns an <code>IsTruncated</code> field with the value of true, and a <code>NextPartNumberMarker</code> element. In subsequent <code>ListParts</code> requests you can include the part-number-marker query string parameter and set its value to the <code>NextPartNumberMarker</code> field value from the previous response.</p> <p>For more information on multipart uploads, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/uploadobjusingmpu.html\">Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload</a>.</p> <p>For information on permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html\">Multipart Upload and Permissions</a>.</p> <p>The following operations are related to <code>ListParts</code>:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateMultipartUpload.html\">CreateMultipartUpload</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPart.html\">UploadPart</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CompleteMultipartUpload.html\">CompleteMultipartUpload</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_AbortMultipartUpload.html\">AbortMultipartUpload</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListMultipartUploads.html\">ListMultipartUploads</a> </p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>Sets the accelerate configuration of an existing bucket. Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is a bucket-level feature that enables you to perform faster data transfers to Amazon S3.</p> <p> To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutAccelerateConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources\">Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations</a> and <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html\">Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources</a>.</p> <p> The Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket can be set to one of the following two values:</p> <ul> <li> <p> Enabled – Enables accelerated data transfers to the bucket.</p> </li> <li> <p> Suspended – Disables accelerated data transfers to the bucket.</p> </li> </ul> <p>The <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration.html\">GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration</a> action returns the transfer acceleration state of a bucket.</p> <p>After setting the Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket to Enabled, it might take up to thirty minutes before the data transfer rates to the bucket increase.</p> <p> The name of the bucket used for Transfer Acceleration must be DNS-compliant and must not contain periods (\".\").</p> <p> For more information about transfer acceleration, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/transfer-acceleration.html\">Transfer Acceleration</a>.</p> <p>The following operations are related to <code>PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration</code>:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration.html\">GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html\">CreateBucket</a> </p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>Sets the permissions on an existing bucket using access control lists (ACL). For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3_ACLs_UsingACLs.html\">Using ACLs</a>. To set the ACL of a bucket, you must have <code>WRITE_ACP</code> permission.</p> <p>You can use one of the following two ways to set a bucket's permissions:</p> <ul> <li> <p>Specify the ACL in the request body</p> </li> <li> <p>Specify permissions using request headers</p> </li> </ul> <note> <p>You cannot specify access permission using both the body and the request headers.</p> </note> <p>Depending on your application needs, you may choose to set the ACL on a bucket using either the request body or the headers. For example, if you have an existing application that updates a bucket ACL using the request body, then you can continue to use that approach.</p> <p> <b>Access Permissions</b> </p> <p>You can set access permissions using one of the following methods:</p> <ul> <li> <p>Specify a canned ACL with the <code>x-amz-acl</code> request header. Amazon S3 supports a set of predefined ACLs, known as <i>canned ACLs</i>. Each canned ACL has a predefined set of grantees and permissions. Specify the canned ACL name as the value of <code>x-amz-acl</code>. If you use this header, you cannot use other access control-specific headers in your request. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL\">Canned ACL</a>.</p> </li> <li> <p>Specify access permissions explicitly with the <code>x-amz-grant-read</code>, <code>x-amz-grant-read-acp</code>, <code>x-amz-grant-write-acp</code>, and <code>x-amz-grant-full-control</code> headers. When using these headers, you specify explicit access permissions and grantees (AWS accounts or Amazon S3 groups) who will receive the permission. If you use these ACL-specific headers, you cannot use the <code>x-amz-acl</code> header to set a canned ACL. These parameters map to the set of permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html\">Access Control List (ACL) Overview</a>.</p> <p>You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the following:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <code>id</code> – if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an AWS account</p> </li> <li> <p> <code>uri</code> – if you are granting permissions to a predefined group</p> </li> <li> <p> <code>emailAddress</code> – if the value specified is the email address of an AWS account</p> <note> <p>Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following AWS Regions: </p> <ul> <li> <p>US East (N. Virginia)</p> </li> <li> <p>US West (N. California)</p> </li> <li> <p> US West (Oregon)</p> </li> <li> <p> Asia Pacific (Singapore)</p> </li> <li> <p>Asia Pacific (Sydney)</p> </li> <li> <p>Asia Pacific (Tokyo)</p> </li> <li> <p>Europe (Ireland)</p> </li> <li> <p>South America (São Paulo)</p> </li> </ul> <p>For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region\">Regions and Endpoints</a> in the AWS General Reference.</p> </note> </li> </ul> <p>For example, the following <code>x-amz-grant-write</code> header grants create, overwrite, and delete objects permission to LogDelivery group predefined by Amazon S3 and two AWS accounts identified by their email addresses.</p> <p> <code>x-amz-grant-write: uri=\"http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/s3/LogDelivery\", id=\"111122223333\", id=\"555566667777\" </code> </p> </li> </ul> <p>You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. You cannot do both.</p> <p> <b>Grantee Values</b> </p> <p>You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning access rights (using request elements) in the following ways:</p> <ul> <li> <p>By the person's ID:</p> <p> <code><Grantee xmlns:xsi=\"http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance\" xsi:type=\"CanonicalUser\"><ID><
"documentation":"<p>Sets an analytics configuration for the bucket (specified by the analytics configuration ID). You can have up to 1,000 analytics configurations per bucket.</p> <p>You can choose to have storage class analysis export analysis reports sent to a comma-separated values (CSV) flat file. See the <code>DataExport</code> request element. Reports are updated daily and are based on the object filters that you configure. When selecting data export, you specify a destination bucket and an optional destination prefix where the file is written. You can export the data to a destination bucket in a different account. However, the destination bucket must be in the same Region as the bucket that you are making the PUT analytics configuration to. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/analytics-storage-class.html\">Amazon S3 Analytics – Storage Class Analysis</a>. </p> <important> <p>You must create a bucket policy on the destination bucket where the exported file is written to grant permissions to Amazon S3 to write objects to the bucket. For an example policy, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/example-bucket-policies.html#example-bucket-policies-use-case-9\">Granting Permissions for Amazon S3 Inventory and Storage Class Analysis</a>.</p> </important> <p>To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the <code>s3:PutAnalyticsConfiguration</code> action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources\">Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations</a> and <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html\">Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources</a>.</p> <p class=\"title\"> <b>Special Errors</b> </p> <ul> <li> <ul> <li> <p> <i>HTTP Error: HTTP 400 Bad Request</i> </p> </li> <li> <p> <i>Code: InvalidArgument</i> </p> </li> <li> <p> <i>Cause: Invalid argument.</i> </p> </li> </ul> </li> <li> <ul> <li> <p> <i>HTTP Error: HTTP 400 Bad Request</i> </p> </li> <li> <p> <i>Code: TooManyConfigurations</i> </p> </li> <li> <p> <i>Cause: You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached the 1,000-configuration limit.</i> </p> </li> </ul> </li> <li> <ul> <li> <p> <i>HTTP Error: HTTP 403 Forbidden</i> </p> </li> <li> <p> <i>Code: AccessDenied</i> </p> </li> <li> <p> <i>Cause: You are not the owner of the specified bucket, or you do not have the s3:PutAnalyticsConfiguration bucket permission to set the configuration on the bucket.</i> </p> </li> </ul> </li> </ul> <p class=\"title\"> <b>Related Resources</b> </p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.html\">GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.html\">DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations.html\">ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations</a> </p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>Sets the <code>cors</code> configuration for your bucket. If the configuration exists, Amazon S3 replaces it.</p> <p>To use this operation, you must be allowed to perform the <code>s3:PutBucketCORS</code> action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant it to others.</p> <p>You set this configuration on a bucket so that the bucket can service cross-origin requests. For example, you might want to enable a request whose origin is <code>http://www.example.com</code> to access your Amazon S3 bucket at <code>my.example.bucket.com</code> by using the browser's <code>XMLHttpRequest</code> capability.</p> <p>To enable cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) on a bucket, you add the <code>cors</code> subresource to the bucket. The <code>cors</code> subresource is an XML document in which you configure rules that identify origins and the HTTP methods that can be executed on your bucket. The document is limited to 64 KB in size. </p> <p>When Amazon S3 receives a cross-origin request (or a pre-flight OPTIONS request) against a bucket, it evaluates the <code>cors</code> configuration on the bucket and uses the first <code>CORSRule</code> rule that matches the incoming browser request to enable a cross-origin request. For a rule to match, the following conditions must be met:</p> <ul> <li> <p>The request's <code>Origin</code> header must match <code>AllowedOrigin</code> elements.</p> </li> <li> <p>The request method (for example, GET, PUT, HEAD, and so on) or the <code>Access-Control-Request-Method</code> header in case of a pre-flight <code>OPTIONS</code> request must be one of the <code>AllowedMethod</code> elements. </p> </li> <li> <p>Every header specified in the <code>Access-Control-Request-Headers</code> request header of a pre-flight request must match an <code>AllowedHeader</code> element. </p> </li> </ul> <p> For more information about CORS, go to <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cors.html\">Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing</a> in the <i>Amazon S3 User Guide</i>.</p> <p class=\"title\"> <b>Related Resources</b> </p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketCors.html\">GetBucketCors</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketCors.html\">DeleteBucketCors</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTOPTIONSobject.html\">RESTOPTIONSobject</a> </p> </li> </ul>",
"documentation":"<p>This action uses the <code>encryption</code> subresource to configure default encryption and Amazon S3 Bucket Key for an existing bucket.</p> <p>Default encryption for a bucket can use server-side encryption with Amazon S3-managed keys (SSE-S3) or AWS KMS customer master keys (SSE-KMS). If you specify default encryption using SSE-KMS, you can also configure Amazon S3 Bucket Key. For information about default encryption, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-encryption.html\">Amazon S3 default bucket encryption</a> in the <i>Amazon S3 User Guide</i>. For more information about S3 Bucket Keys, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-key.html\">Amazon S3 Bucket Keys</a> in the <i>Amazon S3 User Guide</i>.</p> <important> <p>This action requires AWS Signature Version 4. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sig-v4-authenticating-requests.html\"> Authenticating Requests (AWS Signature Version 4)</a>. </p> </important> <p>To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the <code>s3:PutEncryptionConfiguration</code> action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources\">Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations</a> and <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html\">Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources</a> in the Amazon S3 User Guide. </p> <p class=\"title\"> <b>Related Resources</b> </p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketEncryption.html\">GetBucketEncryption</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketEncryption.html\">DeleteBucketEncryption</a> </p> </li> </ul>",
"documentation":"<p>Puts a S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration to the specified bucket. You can have up to 1,000 S3 Intelligent-Tiering configurations per bucket.</p> <p>The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, without additional operational overhead. S3 Intelligent-Tiering delivers automatic cost savings by moving data between access tiers, when access patterns change.</p> <p>The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is suitable for objects larger than 128 KB that you plan to store for at least 30 days. If the size of an object is less than 128 KB, it is not eligible for auto-tiering. Smaller objects can be stored, but they are always charged at the frequent access tier rates in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class. </p> <p>If you delete an object before the end of the 30-day minimum storage duration period, you are charged for 30 days. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html#sc-dynamic-data-access\">Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects</a>.</p> <p>Operations related to <code>PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration</code> include: </p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.html\">DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.html\">GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations.html\">ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations</a> </p> </li> </ul> <note> <p>You only need S3 Intelligent-Tiering enabled on a bucket if you want to automatically move objects stored in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class to the Archive Access or Deep Archive Access tier.</p> </note> <p class=\"title\"> <b>Special Errors</b> </p> <ul> <li> <p class=\"title\"> <b>HTTP 400 Bad Request Error</b> </p> <ul> <li> <p> <i>Code:</i> InvalidArgument</p> </li> <li> <p> <i>Cause:</i> Invalid Argument</p> </li> </ul> </li> <li> <p class=\"title\"> <b>HTTP 400 Bad Request Error</b> </p> <ul> <li> <p> <i>Code:</i> TooManyConfigurations</p> </li> <li> <p> <i>Cause:</i> You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached the 1,000-configuration limit. </p> </li> </ul> </li> <li> <p class=\"title\"> <b>HTTP 403 Forbidden Error</b> </p> <ul> <li> <p> <i>Code:</i> AccessDenied</p> </li> <li> <p> <i>Cause:</i> You are not the owner of the specified bucket, or you do not have the <code>s3:PutIntelligentTieringConfiguration</code> bucket permission to set the configuration on the bucket. </p> </li> </ul> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>This implementation of the <code>PUT</code> action adds an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory ID) to the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 inventory configurations per bucket. </p> <p>Amazon S3 inventory generates inventories of the objects in the bucket on a daily or weekly basis, and the results are published to a flat file. The bucket that is inventoried is called the <i>source</i> bucket, and the bucket where the inventory flat file is stored is called the <i>destination</i> bucket. The <i>destination</i> bucket must be in the same AWS Region as the <i>source</i> bucket. </p> <p>When you configure an inventory for a <i>source</i> bucket, you specify the <i>destination</i> bucket where you want the inventory to be stored, and whether to generate the inventory daily or weekly. You can also configure what object metadata to include and whether to inventory all object versions or only current versions. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-inventory.html\">Amazon S3 Inventory</a> in the Amazon S3 User Guide.</p> <important> <p>You must create a bucket policy on the <i>destination</i> bucket to grant permissions to Amazon S3 to write objects to the bucket in the defined location. For an example policy, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/example-bucket-policies.html#example-bucket-policies-use-case-9\"> Granting Permissions for Amazon S3 Inventory and Storage Class Analysis</a>.</p> </important> <p>To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the <code>s3:PutInventoryConfiguration</code> action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources\">Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations</a> and <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html\">Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources</a> in the Amazon S3 User Guide.</p> <p class=\"title\"> <b>Special Errors</b> </p> <ul> <li> <p class=\"title\"> <b>HTTP 400 Bad Request Error</b> </p> <ul> <li> <p> <i>Code:</i> InvalidArgument</p> </li> <li> <p> <i>Cause:</i> Invalid Argument</p> </li> </ul> </li> <li> <p class=\"title\"> <b>HTTP 400 Bad Request Error</b> </p> <ul> <li> <p> <i>Code:</i> TooManyConfigurations</p> </li> <li> <p> <i>Cause:</i> You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached the 1,000-configuration limit. </p> </li> </ul> </li> <li> <p class=\"title\"> <b>HTTP 403 Forbidden Error</b> </p> <ul> <li> <p> <i>Code:</i> AccessDenied</p> </li> <li> <p> <i>Cause:</i> You are not the owner of the specified bucket, or you do not have the <code>s3:PutInventoryConfiguration</code> bucket permission to set the configuration on the bucket. </p> </li> </ul> </li> </ul> <p class=\"title\"> <b>Related Resources</b> </p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketInventoryConfiguration.html\">GetBucketInventoryConfiguration</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration.html\">DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketInventoryConfigurations.html\">ListBucketInventoryConfigurations</a> </p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<important> <p>For an updated version of this API, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html\">PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration</a>. This version has been deprecated. Existing lifecycle configurations will work. For new lifecycle configurations, use the updated API. </p> </important> <p>Creates a new lifecycle configuration for the bucket or replaces an existing lifecycle configuration. For information about lifecycle configuration, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html\">Object Lifecycle Management</a> in the <i>Amazon S3 User Guide</i>. </p> <p>By default, all Amazon S3 resources, including buckets, objects, and related subresources (for example, lifecycle configuration and website configuration) are private. Only the resource owner, the AWS account that created the resource, can access it. The resource owner can optionally grant access permissions to others by writing an access policy. For this operation, users must get the <code>s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration</code> permission.</p> <p>You can also explicitly deny permissions. Explicit denial also supersedes any other permissions. If you want to prevent users or accounts from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them permissions for the following actions: </p> <ul> <li> <p> <code>s3:DeleteObject</code> </p> </li> <li> <p> <code>s3:DeleteObjectVersion</code> </p> </li> <li> <p> <code>s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration</code> </p> </li> </ul> <p>For more information about permissions, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html\">Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources</a> in the <i>Amazon S3 User Guide</i>.</p> <p>For more examples of transitioning objects to storage classes such as STANDARD_IA or ONEZONE_IA, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/intro-lifecycle-rules.html#lifecycle-configuration-examples\">Examples of Lifecycle Configuration</a>.</p> <p class=\"title\"> <b>Related Resources</b> </p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketLifecycle.html\">GetBucketLifecycle</a>(Deprecated)</p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html\">GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_RestoreObject.html\">RestoreObject</a> </p> </li> <li> <p>By default, a resource owner—in this case, a bucket owner, which is the AWS account that created the bucket—can perform any of the operations. A resource owner can also grant others permission to perform the operation. For more information, see the following topics in the Amazon S3 User Guide: </p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html\">Specifying Permissions in a Policy</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html\">Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources</a> </p> </li> </ul> </li> </ul>",
"documentation":"<p>Creates a new lifecycle configuration for the bucket or replaces an existing lifecycle configuration. For information about lifecycle configuration, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html\">Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources</a>.</p> <note> <p>Bucket lifecycle configuration now supports specifying a lifecycle rule using an object key name prefix, one or more object tags, or a combination of both. Accordingly, this section describes the latest API. The previous version of the API supported filtering based only on an object key name prefix, which is supported for backward compatibility. For the related API description, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLifecycle.html\">PutBucketLifecycle</a>.</p> </note> <p> <b>Rules</b> </p> <p>You specify the lifecycle configuration in your request body. The lifecycle configuration is specified as XML consisting of one or more rules. Each rule consists of the following:</p> <ul> <li> <p>Filter identifying a subset of objects to which the rule applies. The filter can be based on a key name prefix, object tags, or a combination of both.</p> </li> <li> <p>Status whether the rule is in effect.</p> </li> <li> <p>One or more lifecycle transition and expiration actions that you want Amazon S3 to perform on the objects identified by the filter. If the state of your bucket is versioning-enabled or versioning-suspended, you can have many versions of the same object (one current version and zero or more noncurrent versions). Amazon S3 provides predefined actions that you can specify for current and noncurrent object versions.</p> </li> </ul> <p>For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html\">Object Lifecycle Management</a> and <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/intro-lifecycle-rules.html\">Lifecycle Configuration Elements</a>.</p> <p> <b>Permissions</b> </p> <p>By default, all Amazon S3 resources are private, including buckets, objects, and related subresources (for example, lifecycle configuration and website configuration). Only the resource owner (that is, the AWS account that created it) can access the resource. The resource owner can optionally grant access permissions to others by writing an access policy. For this operation, a user must get the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration permission.</p> <p>You can also explicitly deny permissions. Explicit deny also supersedes any other permissions. If you want to block users or accounts from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them permissions for the following actions:</p> <ul> <li> <p>s3:DeleteObject</p> </li> <li> <p>s3:DeleteObjectVersion</p> </li> <li> <p>s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration</p> </li> </ul> <p>For more information about permissions, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html\">Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources</a>.</p> <p>The following are related to <code>PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration</code>:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/lifecycle-configuration-examples.html\">Examples of Lifecycle Configuration</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html\">GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketLifecycle.html\">DeleteBucketLifecycle</a> </p> </li> </ul>",
"documentation":"<p>Set the logging parameters for a bucket and to specify permissions for who can view and modify the logging parameters. All logs are saved to buckets in the same AWS Region as the source bucket. To set the logging status of a bucket, you must be the bucket owner.</p> <p>The bucket owner is automatically granted FULL_CONTROL to all logs. You use the <code>Grantee</code> request element to grant access to other people. The <code>Permissions</code> request element specifies the kind of access the grantee has to the logs.</p> <p> <b>Grantee Values</b> </p> <p>You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning access rights (using request elements) in the following ways:</p> <ul> <li> <p>By the person's ID:</p> <p> <code><Grantee xmlns:xsi=\"http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance\" xsi:type=\"CanonicalUser\"><ID><>ID<></ID><DisplayName><>GranteesEmail<></DisplayName> </Grantee></code> </p> <p>DisplayName is optional and ignored in the request.</p> </li> <li> <p>By Email address:</p> <p> <code> <Grantee xmlns:xsi=\"http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance\" xsi:type=\"AmazonCustomerByEmail\"><EmailAddress><>Grantees@email.com<></EmailAddress></Grantee></code> </p> <p>The grantee is resolved to the CanonicalUser and, in a response to a GET Object acl request, appears as the CanonicalUser.</p> </li> <li> <p>By URI:</p> <p> <code><Grantee xmlns:xsi=\"http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance\" xsi:type=\"Group\"><URI><>http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AuthenticatedUsers<></URI></Grantee></code> </p> </li> </ul> <p>To enable logging, you use LoggingEnabled and its children request elements. To disable logging, you use an empty BucketLoggingStatus request element:</p> <p> <code><BucketLoggingStatus xmlns=\"http://doc.s3.amazonaws.com/2006-03-01\" /></code> </p> <p>For more information about server access logging, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerLogs.html\">Server Access Logging</a>. </p> <p>For more information about creating a bucket, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html\">CreateBucket</a>. For more information about returning the logging status of a bucket, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketLogging.html\">GetBucketLogging</a>.</p> <p>The following operations are related to <code>PutBucketLogging</code>:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObject.html\">PutObject</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucket.html\">DeleteBucket</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html\">CreateBucket</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketLogging.html\">GetBucketLogging</a> </p> </li> </ul>",
"documentation":"<p>Sets a metrics configuration (specified by the metrics configuration ID) for the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 metrics configurations per bucket. If you're updating an existing metrics configuration, note that this is a full replacement of the existing metrics configuration. If you don't include the elements you want to keep, they are erased.</p> <p>To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the <code>s3:PutMetricsConfiguration</code> action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources\">Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations</a> and <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html\">Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources</a>.</p> <p>For information about CloudWatch request metrics for Amazon S3, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cloudwatch-monitoring.html\">Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch</a>.</p> <p>The following operations are related to <code>PutBucketMetricsConfiguration</code>:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration.html\">DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketMetricsConfiguration.html\">PutBucketMetricsConfiguration</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketMetricsConfigurations.html\">ListBucketMetricsConfigurations</a> </p> </li> </ul> <p> <code>GetBucketLifecycle</code> has the following special error:</p> <ul> <li> <p>Error code: <code>TooManyConfigurations</code> </p> <ul> <li> <p>Description: You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached the 1,000-configuration limit.</p> </li> <li> <p>HTTP Status Code: HTTP 400 Bad Request</p> </li> </ul> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p> No longer used, see the <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketNotificationConfiguration.html\">PutBucketNotificationConfiguration</a> operation.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Enables notifications of specified events for a bucket. For more information about event notifications, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html\">Configuring Event Notifications</a>.</p> <p>Using this API, you can replace an existing notification configuration. The configuration is an XML file that defines the event types that you want Amazon S3 to publish and the destination where you want Amazon S3 to publish an event notification when it detects an event of the specified type.</p> <p>By default, your bucket has no event notifications configured. That is, the notification configuration will be an empty <code>NotificationConfiguration</code>.</p> <p> <code><NotificationConfiguration></code> </p> <p> <code></NotificationConfiguration></code> </p> <p>This action replaces the existing notification configuration with the configuration you include in the request body.</p> <p>After Amazon S3 receives this request, it first verifies that any Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) or Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) destination exists, and that the bucket owner has permission to publish to it by sending a test notification. In the case of AWS Lambda destinations, Amazon S3 verifies that the Lambda function permissions grant Amazon S3 permission to invoke the function from the Amazon S3 bucket. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html\">Configuring Notifications for Amazon S3 Events</a>.</p> <p>You can disable notifications by adding the empty NotificationConfiguration element.</p> <p>By default, only the bucket owner can configure notifications on a bucket. However, bucket owners can use a bucket policy to grant permission to other users to set this configuration with <code>s3:PutBucketNotification</code> permission.</p> <note> <p>The PUT notification is an atomic operation. For example, suppose your notification configuration includes SNS topic, SQS queue, and Lambda function configurations. When you send a PUT request with this configuration, Amazon S3 sends test messages to your SNS topic. If the message fails, the entire PUT action will fail, and Amazon S3 will not add the configuration to your bucket.</p> </note> <p> <b>Responses</b> </p> <p>If the configuration in the request body includes only one <code>TopicConfiguration</code> specifying only the <code>s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject</code> event type, the response will also include the <code>x-amz-sns-test-message-id</code> header containing the message ID of the test notification sent to the topic.</p> <p>The following action is related to <code>PutBucketNotificationConfiguration</code>:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketNotificationConfiguration.html\">GetBucketNotificationConfiguration</a> </p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>Creates or modifies <code>OwnershipControls</code> for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the <code>s3:PutBucketOwnershipControls</code> permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html\">Specifying Permissions in a Policy</a>. </p> <p>For information about Amazon S3 Object Ownership, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/about-object-ownership.html\">Using Object Ownership</a>. </p> <p>The following operations are related to <code>PutBucketOwnershipControls</code>:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <a>GetBucketOwnershipControls</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a>DeleteBucketOwnershipControls</a> </p> </li> </ul>",
"documentation":"<p>Applies an Amazon S3 bucket policy to an Amazon S3 bucket. If you are using an identity other than the root user of the AWS account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must have the <code>PutBucketPolicy</code> permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation.</p> <p>If you don't have <code>PutBucketPolicy</code> permissions, Amazon S3 returns a <code>403 Access Denied</code> error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a <code>405 Method Not Allowed</code> error.</p> <important> <p> As a security precaution, the root user of the AWS account that owns a bucket can always use this operation, even if the policy explicitly denies the root user the ability to perform this action. </p> </important> <p>For more information about bucket policies, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-iam-policies.html\">Using Bucket Policies and User Policies</a>.</p> <p>The following operations are related to <code>PutBucketPolicy</code>:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html\">CreateBucket</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucket.html\">DeleteBucket</a> </p> </li> </ul>",
"documentation":"<p> Creates a replication configuration or replaces an existing one. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication.html\">Replication</a> in the <i>Amazon S3 Developer Guide</i>. </p> <note> <p>To perform this operation, the user or role performing the action must have the <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use_passrole.html\">iam:PassRole</a> permission.</p> </note> <p>Specify the replication configuration in the request body. In the replication configuration, you provide the name of the destination bucket or buckets where you want Amazon S3 to replicate objects, the IAM role that Amazon S3 can assume to replicate objects on your behalf, and other relevant information.</p> <p>A replication configuration must include at least one rule, and can contain a maximum of 1,000. Each rule identifies a subset of objects to replicate by filtering the objects in the source bucket. To choose additional subsets of objects to replicate, add a rule for each subset.</p> <p>To specify a subset of the objects in the source bucket to apply a replication rule to, add the Filter element as a child of the Rule element. You can filter objects based on an object key prefix, one or more object tags, or both. When you add the Filter element in the configuration, you must also add the following elements: <code>DeleteMarkerReplication</code>, <code>Status</code>, and <code>Priority</code>.</p> <note> <p>If you are using an earlier version of the replication configuration, Amazon S3 handles replication of delete markers differently. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-add-config.html#replication-backward-compat-considerations\">Backward Compatibility</a>.</p> </note> <p>For information about enabling versioning on a bucket, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/Versioning.html\">Using Versioning</a>.</p> <p>By default, a resource owner, in this case the AWS account that created the bucket, can perform this operation. The resource owner can also grant others permissions to perform the operation. For more information about permissions, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html\">Specifying Permissions in a Policy</a> and <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html\">Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources</a>.</p> <p> <b>Handling Replication of Encrypted Objects</b> </p> <p>By default, Amazon S3 doesn't replicate objects that are stored at rest using server-side encryption with CMKs stored in AWS KMS. To replicate AWS KMS-encrypted objects, add the following: <code>SourceSelectionCriteria</code>, <code>SseKmsEncryptedObjects</code>, <code>Status</code>, <code>EncryptionConfiguration</code>, and <code>ReplicaKmsKeyID</code>. For information about replication configuration, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-config-for-kms-objects.html\">Replicating Objects Created with SSE Using CMKs stored in AWS KMS</a>.</p> <p>For information on <code>PutBucketReplication</code> errors, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html#ReplicationErrorCodeList\">List of replication-related error codes</a> </p> <p>The following operations are related to <code>PutBucketReplication</code>:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketReplication.html\">GetBucketReplication</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketReplication.html\">DeleteBucketReplication</a> </p> </li> </ul>",
"documentation":"<p>Sets the request payment configuration for a bucket. By default, the bucket owner pays for downloads from the bucket. This configuration parameter enables the bucket owner (only) to specify that the person requesting the download will be charged for the download. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RequesterPaysBuckets.html\">Requester Pays Buckets</a>.</p> <p>The following operations are related to <code>PutBucketRequestPayment</code>:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html\">CreateBucket</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketRequestPayment.html\">GetBucketRequestPayment</a> </p> </li> </ul>",
"documentation":"<p>Sets the tags for a bucket.</p> <p>Use tags to organize your AWS bill to reflect your own cost structure. To do this, sign up to get your AWS account bill with tag key values included. Then, to see the cost of combined resources, organize your billing information according to resources with the same tag key values. For example, you can tag several resources with a specific application name, and then organize your billing information to see the total cost of that application across several services. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awsaccountbilling/latest/aboutv2/cost-alloc-tags.html\">Cost Allocation and Tagging</a>.</p> <note> <p>Within a bucket, if you add a tag that has the same key as an existing tag, the new value overwrites the old value. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/CostAllocTagging.html\">Using Cost Allocation in Amazon S3 Bucket Tags</a>.</p> </note> <p>To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the <code>s3:PutBucketTagging</code> action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources\">Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations</a> and <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html\">Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources</a>.</p> <p> <code>PutBucketTagging</code> has the following special errors:</p> <ul> <li> <p>Error code: <code>InvalidTagError</code> </p> <ul> <li> <p>Description: The tag provided was not a valid tag. This error can occur if the tag did not pass input validation. For information about tag restrictions, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awsaccountbilling/latest/aboutv2/allocation-tag-restrictions.html\">User-Defined Tag Restrictions</a> and <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awsaccountbilling/latest/aboutv2/aws-tag-restrictions.html\">AWS-Generated Cost Allocation Tag Restrictions</a>.</p> </li> </ul> </li> <li> <p>Error code: <code>MalformedXMLError</code> </p> <ul> <li> <p>Description: The XML provided does not match the schema.</p> </li> </ul> </li> <li> <p>Error code: <code>OperationAbortedError </code> </p> <ul> <li> <p>Description: A conflicting conditional action is currently in progress against this resource. Please try again.</p> </li> </ul> </li> <li> <p>Error code: <code>InternalError</code> </p> <ul> <li> <p>Description: The service was unable to apply the provided tag to the bucket.</p> </li> </ul> </li> </ul> <p>The following operations are related to <code>PutBucketTagging</code>:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketTagging.html\">GetBucketTagging</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketTagging.html\">DeleteBucketTagging</a> </p> </li> </ul>",
"documentation":"<p>Sets the versioning state of an existing bucket. To set the versioning state, you must be the bucket owner.</p> <p>You can set the versioning state with one of the following values:</p> <p> <b>Enabled</b>—Enables versioning for the objects in the bucket. All objects added to the bucket receive a unique version ID.</p> <p> <b>Suspended</b>—Disables versioning for the objects in the bucket. All objects added to the bucket receive the version ID null.</p> <p>If the versioning state has never been set on a bucket, it has no versioning state; a <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketVersioning.html\">GetBucketVersioning</a> request does not return a versioning state value.</p> <p>If the bucket owner enables MFA Delete in the bucket versioning configuration, the bucket owner must include the <code>x-amz-mfa request</code> header and the <code>Status</code> and the <code>MfaDelete</code> request elements in a request to set the versioning state of the bucket.</p> <important> <p>If you have an object expiration lifecycle policy in your non-versioned bucket and you want to maintain the same permanent delete behavior when you enable versioning, you must add a noncurrent expiration policy. The noncurrent expiration lifecycle policy will manage the deletes of the noncurrent object versions in the version-enabled bucket. (A version-enabled bucket maintains one current and zero or more noncurrent object versions.) For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html#lifecycle-and-other-bucket-config\">Lifecycle and Versioning</a>.</p> </important> <p class=\"title\"> <b>Related Resources</b> </p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html\">CreateBucket</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucket.html\">DeleteBucket</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketVersioning.html\">GetBucketVersioning</a> </p> </li> </ul>",
"documentation":"<p>Sets the configuration of the website that is specified in the <code>website</code> subresource. To configure a bucket as a website, you can add this subresource on the bucket with website configuration information such as the file name of the index document and any redirect rules. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/WebsiteHosting.html\">Hosting Websites on Amazon S3</a>.</p> <p>This PUT action requires the <code>S3:PutBucketWebsite</code> permission. By default, only the bucket owner can configure the website attached to a bucket; however, bucket owners can allow other users to set the website configuration by writing a bucket policy that grants them the <code>S3:PutBucketWebsite</code> permission.</p> <p>To redirect all website requests sent to the bucket's website endpoint, you add a website configuration with the following elements. Because all requests are sent to another website, you don't need to provide index document name for the bucket.</p> <ul> <li> <p> <code>WebsiteConfiguration</code> </p> </li> <li> <p> <code>RedirectAllRequestsTo</code> </p> </li> <li> <p> <code>HostName</code> </p> </li> <li> <p> <code>Protocol</code> </p> </li> </ul> <p>If you want granular control over redirects, you can use the following elements to add routing rules that describe conditions for redirecting requests and information about the redirect destination. In this case, the website configuration must provide an index document for the bucket, because some requests might not be redirected. </p> <ul> <li> <p> <code>WebsiteConfiguration</code> </p> </li> <li> <p> <code>IndexDocument</code> </p> </li> <li> <p> <code>Suffix</code> </p> </li> <li> <p> <code>ErrorDocument</code> </p> </li> <li> <p> <code>Key</code> </p> </li> <li> <p> <code>RoutingRules</code> </p> </li> <li> <p> <code>RoutingRule</code> </p> </li> <li> <p> <code>Condition</code> </p> </li> <li> <p> <code>HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals</code> </p> </li> <li> <p> <code>KeyPrefixEquals</code> </p> </li> <li> <p> <code>Redirect</code> </p> </li> <li> <p> <code>Protocol</code> </p> </li> <li> <p> <code>HostName</code> </p> </li> <li> <p> <code>ReplaceKeyPrefixWith</code> </p> </li> <li> <p> <code>ReplaceKeyWith</code> </p> </li> <li> <p> <code>HttpRedirectCode</code> </p> </li> </ul> <p>Amazon S3 has a limitation of 50 routing rules per website configuration. If you require more than 50 routing rules, you can use object redirect. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/how-to-page-redirect.html\">Configuring an Object Redirect</a> in the <i>Amazon S3 User Guide</i>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Adds an object to a bucket. You must have WRITE permissions on a bucket to add an object to it.</p> <p>Amazon S3 never adds partial objects; if you receive a success response, Amazon S3 added the entire object to the bucket.</p> <p>Amazon S3 is a distributed system. If it receives multiple write requests for the same object simultaneously, it overwrites all but the last object written. Amazon S3 does not provide object locking; if you need this, make sure to build it into your application layer or use versioning instead.</p> <p>To ensure that data is not corrupted traversing the network, use the <code>Content-MD5</code> header. When you use this header, Amazon S3 checks the object against the provided MD5 value and, if they do not match, returns an error. Additionally, you can calculate the MD5 while putting an object to Amazon S3 and compare the returned ETag to the calculated MD5 value.</p> <note> <p> The <code>Content-MD5</code> header is required for any request to upload an object with a retention period configured using Amazon S3 Object Lock. For more information about Amazon S3 Object Lock, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock-overview.html\">Amazon S3 Object Lock Overview</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>. </p> </note> <p> <b>Server-side Encryption</b> </p> <p>You can optionally request server-side encryption. With server-side encryption, Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts the data when you access it. You have the option to provide your own encryption key or use AWS managed encryption keys (SSE-S3 or SSE-KMS). For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingServerSideEncryption.html\">Using Server-Side Encryption</a>.</p> <p>If you request server-side encryption using AWS Key Management Service (SSE-KMS), you can enable an S3 Bucket Key at the object-level. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-key.html\">Amazon S3 Bucket Keys</a> in the <i>Amazon S3 User Guide</i>.</p> <p> <b>Access Control List (ACL)-Specific Request Headers</b> </p> <p>You can use headers to grant ACL- based permissions. By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full access control. When adding a new object, you can grant permissions to individual AWS accounts or to predefined groups defined by Amazon S3. These permissions are then added to the ACL on the object. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html\">Access Control List (ACL) Overview</a> and <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-using-rest-api.html\">Managing ACLs Using the REST API</a>. </p> <p> <b>Storage Class Options</b> </p> <p>By default, Amazon S3 uses the STANDARD Storage Class to store newly created objects. The STANDARD storage class provides high durability and high availability. Depending on performance needs, you can specify a different Storage Class. Amazon S3 on Outposts only uses the OUTPOSTS Storage Class. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html\">Storage Classes</a> in the <i>Amazon S3 Service Developer Guide</i>.</p> <p> <b>Versioning</b> </p> <p>If you enable versioning for a bucket, Amazon S3 automatically generates a unique version ID for the object being stored. Amazon S3 returns this ID in the response. When you enable versioning for a bucket, if Amazon S3 receives multiple write requests for the same object simultaneously, it stores all of the objects.</p> <p>For more information about versioning, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/AddingObjectstoVersioningEnabledBuckets.html\">Adding Objects to Versioning Enabled Buckets</a>. For information about returning the versioning state of a bucket, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketVersioning.html\">GetBucketVersioning</a>. </p> <p class=\"title\"><b>R
"documentation":"<p>Uses the <code>acl</code> subresource to set the access control list (ACL) permissions for a new or existing object in an S3 bucket. You must have <code>WRITE_ACP</code> permission to set the ACL of an object. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#permissions\">What permissions can I grant?</a> in the <i>Amazon S3 User Guide</i>.</p> <p>This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.</p> <p>Depending on your application needs, you can choose to set the ACL on an object using either the request body or the headers. For example, if you have an existing application that updates a bucket ACL using the request body, you can continue to use that approach. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html\">Access Control List (ACL) Overview</a> in the <i>Amazon S3 Developer Guide</i>.</p> <p> <b>Access Permissions</b> </p> <p>You can set access permissions using one of the following methods:</p> <ul> <li> <p>Specify a canned ACL with the <code>x-amz-acl</code> request header. Amazon S3 supports a set of predefined ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a predefined set of grantees and permissions. Specify the canned ACL name as the value of <code>x-amz-ac</code>l. If you use this header, you cannot use other access control-specific headers in your request. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL\">Canned ACL</a>.</p> </li> <li> <p>Specify access permissions explicitly with the <code>x-amz-grant-read</code>, <code>x-amz-grant-read-acp</code>, <code>x-amz-grant-write-acp</code>, and <code>x-amz-grant-full-control</code> headers. When using these headers, you specify explicit access permissions and grantees (AWS accounts or Amazon S3 groups) who will receive the permission. If you use these ACL-specific headers, you cannot use <code>x-amz-acl</code> header to set a canned ACL. These parameters map to the set of permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html\">Access Control List (ACL) Overview</a>.</p> <p>You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the following:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <code>id</code> – if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an AWS account</p> </li> <li> <p> <code>uri</code> – if you are granting permissions to a predefined group</p> </li> <li> <p> <code>emailAddress</code> – if the value specified is the email address of an AWS account</p> <note> <p>Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following AWS Regions: </p> <ul> <li> <p>US East (N. Virginia)</p> </li> <li> <p>US West (N. California)</p> </li> <li> <p> US West (Oregon)</p> </li> <li> <p> Asia Pacific (Singapore)</p> </li> <li> <p>Asia Pacific (Sydney)</p> </li> <li> <p>Asia Pacific (Tokyo)</p> </li> <li> <p>Europe (Ireland)</p> </li> <li> <p>South America (São Paulo)</p> </li> </ul> <p>For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region\">Regions and Endpoints</a> in the AWS General Reference.</p> </note> </li> </ul> <p>For example, the following <code>x-amz-grant-read</code> header grants list objects permission to the two AWS accounts identified by their email addresses.</p> <p> <code>x-amz-grant-read: emailAddress=\"xyz@amazon.com\", emailAddress=\"abc@amazon.com\" </code> </p> </li> </ul> <p>You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. You cannot do both.</p> <p> <b>Grantee Values</b> </p> <p>You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning access rights (using request elements) in the following ways:</p> <ul> <li> <p>By the person's ID:</p> <p> <code><Grantee xmlns:xsi=\"http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance\" xsi:type=\"CanonicalUser\"><ID><>ID<></ID><DisplayName><>GranteesE
"documentation":"<p>Applies a Legal Hold configuration to the specified object.</p> <p>This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.</p> <p class=\"title\"> <b>Related Resources</b> </p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html\">Locking Objects</a> </p> </li> </ul>",
"documentation":"<p>Places an Object Lock configuration on the specified bucket. The rule specified in the Object Lock configuration will be applied by default to every new object placed in the specified bucket.</p> <note> <p> <code>DefaultRetention</code> requires either Days or Years. You can't specify both at the same time.</p> </note> <p class=\"title\"> <b>Related Resources</b> </p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html\">Locking Objects</a> </p> </li> </ul>",
"documentation":"<p>Places an Object Retention configuration on an object.</p> <p>This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.</p> <p class=\"title\"> <b>Related Resources</b> </p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html\">Locking Objects</a> </p> </li> </ul>",
"documentation":"<p>Sets the supplied tag-set to an object that already exists in a bucket.</p> <p>A tag is a key-value pair. You can associate tags with an object by sending a PUT request against the tagging subresource that is associated with the object. You can retrieve tags by sending a GET request. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectTagging.html\">GetObjectTagging</a>.</p> <p>For tagging-related restrictions related to characters and encodings, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awsaccountbilling/latest/aboutv2/allocation-tag-restrictions.html\">Tag Restrictions</a>. Note that Amazon S3 limits the maximum number of tags to 10 tags per object.</p> <p>To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the <code>s3:PutObjectTagging</code> action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this permission to others.</p> <p>To put tags of any other version, use the <code>versionId</code> query parameter. You also need permission for the <code>s3:PutObjectVersionTagging</code> action.</p> <p>For information about the Amazon S3 object tagging feature, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-tagging.html\">Object Tagging</a>.</p> <p class=\"title\"> <b>Special Errors</b> </p> <ul> <li> <ul> <li> <p> <i>Code: InvalidTagError </i> </p> </li> <li> <p> <i>Cause: The tag provided was not a valid tag. This error can occur if the tag did not pass input validation. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-tagging.html\">Object Tagging</a>.</i> </p> </li> </ul> </li> <li> <ul> <li> <p> <i>Code: MalformedXMLError </i> </p> </li> <li> <p> <i>Cause: The XML provided does not match the schema.</i> </p> </li> </ul> </li> <li> <ul> <li> <p> <i>Code: OperationAbortedError </i> </p> </li> <li> <p> <i>Cause: A conflicting conditional action is currently in progress against this resource. Please try again.</i> </p> </li> </ul> </li> <li> <ul> <li> <p> <i>Code: InternalError</i> </p> </li> <li> <p> <i>Cause: The service was unable to apply the provided tag to the object.</i> </p> </li> </ul> </li> </ul> <p class=\"title\"> <b>Related Resources</b> </p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectTagging.html\">GetObjectTagging</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteObjectTagging.html\">DeleteObjectTagging</a> </p> </li> </ul>",
"documentation":"<p>Creates or modifies the <code>PublicAccessBlock</code> configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the <code>s3:PutBucketPublicAccessBlock</code> permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html\">Specifying Permissions in a Policy</a>.</p> <important> <p>When Amazon S3 evaluates the <code>PublicAccessBlock</code> configuration for a bucket or an object, it checks the <code>PublicAccessBlock</code> configuration for both the bucket (or the bucket that contains the object) and the bucket owner's account. If the <code>PublicAccessBlock</code> configurations are different between the bucket and the account, Amazon S3 uses the most restrictive combination of the bucket-level and account-level settings.</p> </important> <p>For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket or an object public, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html#access-control-block-public-access-policy-status\">The Meaning of \"Public\"</a>.</p> <p class=\"title\"> <b>Related Resources</b> </p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetPublicAccessBlock.html\">GetPublicAccessBlock</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeletePublicAccessBlock.html\">DeletePublicAccessBlock</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketPolicyStatus.html\">GetBucketPolicyStatus</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html\">Using Amazon S3 Block Public Access</a> </p> </li> </ul>",
"documentation":"<p>Restores an archived copy of an object back into Amazon S3</p> <p>This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.</p> <p>This action performs the following types of requests: </p> <ul> <li> <p> <code>select</code> - Perform a select query on an archived object</p> </li> <li> <p> <code>restore an archive</code> - Restore an archived object</p> </li> </ul> <p>To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the <code>s3:RestoreObject</code> action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources\">Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations</a> and <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html\">Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources</a> in the <i>Amazon S3 User Guide</i>.</p> <p> <b>Querying Archives with Select Requests</b> </p> <p>You use a select type of request to perform SQL queries on archived objects. The archived objects that are being queried by the select request must be formatted as uncompressed comma-separated values (CSV) files. You can run queries and custom analytics on your archived data without having to restore your data to a hotter Amazon S3 tier. For an overview about select requests, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/querying-glacier-archives.html\">Querying Archived Objects</a> in the <i>Amazon S3 User Guide</i>.</p> <p>When making a select request, do the following:</p> <ul> <li> <p>Define an output location for the select query's output. This must be an Amazon S3 bucket in the same AWS Region as the bucket that contains the archive object that is being queried. The AWS account that initiates the job must have permissions to write to the S3 bucket. You can specify the storage class and encryption for the output objects stored in the bucket. For more information about output, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/querying-glacier-archives.html\">Querying Archived Objects</a> in the <i>Amazon S3 User Guide</i>.</p> <p>For more information about the <code>S3</code> structure in the request body, see the following:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObject.html\">PutObject</a> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3_ACLs_UsingACLs.html\">Managing Access with ACLs</a> in the <i>Amazon S3 User Guide</i> </p> </li> <li> <p> <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/serv-side-encryption.html\">Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption</a> in the <i>Amazon S3 User Guide</i> </p> </li> </ul> </li> <li> <p>Define the SQL expression for the <code>SELECT</code> type of restoration for your query in the request body's <code>SelectParameters</code> structure. You can use expressions like the following examples.</p> <ul> <li> <p>The following expression returns all records from the specified object.</p> <p> <code>SELECT * FROM Object</code> </p> </li> <li> <p>Assuming that you are not using any headers for data stored in the object, you can specify columns with positional headers.</p> <p> <code>SELECT s._1, s._2 FROM Object s WHERE s._3 > 100</code> </p> </li> <li> <p>If you have headers and you set the <code>fileHeaderInfo</code> in the <code>CSV</code> structure in the request body to <code>USE</code>, you can specify headers in the query. (If you set the <code>fileHeaderInfo</code> field to <code>IGNORE</code>, the first row is skipped for the query.) You cannot mix ordinal positions with header column names. </p> <p> <code>SELECT s.Id, s.FirstName, s.SSN FROM S3Object s</code> </p> </li> </ul> </li> </ul> <p>For more information about using SQL with S3 Glacier Select restore, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-glacier-select-sql-reference.html\">SQLReferenceforAmazonS3SelectandS3
"documentation":"<p>This action filters the contents of an Amazon S3 object based on a simple structured query language (SQL) statement. In the request, along with the SQL expression, you must also specify a data serialization format (JSON, CSV, or Apache Parquet) of the object. Amazon S3 uses this format to parse object data into records, and returns only records that match the specified SQL expression. You must also specify the data serialization format for the response.</p> <p>This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.</p> <p>For more information about Amazon S3 Select, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/selecting-content-from-objects.html\">Selecting Content from Objects</a> in the <i>Amazon S3 User Guide</i>.</p> <p>For more information about using SQL with Amazon S3 Select, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-glacier-select-sql-reference.html\"> SQL Reference for Amazon S3 Select and S3 Glacier Select</a> in the <i>Amazon S3 User Guide</i>.</p> <p/> <p> <b>Permissions</b> </p> <p>You must have <code>s3:GetObject</code> permission for this operation.Amazon S3 Select does not support anonymous access. For more information about permissions, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html\">Specifying Permissions in a Policy</a> in the <i>Amazon S3 User Guide</i>.</p> <p/> <p> <i>Object Data Formats</i> </p> <p>You can use Amazon S3 Select to query objects that have the following format properties:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <i>CSV, JSON, and Parquet</i> - Objects must be in CSV, JSON, or Parquet format.</p> </li> <li> <p> <i>UTF-8</i> - UTF-8 is the only encoding type Amazon S3 Select supports.</p> </li> <li> <p> <i>GZIP or BZIP2</i> - CSV and JSON files can be compressed using GZIP or BZIP2. GZIP and BZIP2 are the only compression formats that Amazon S3 Select supports for CSV and JSON files. Amazon S3 Select supports columnar compression for Parquet using GZIP or Snappy. Amazon S3 Select does not support whole-object compression for Parquet objects.</p> </li> <li> <p> <i>Server-side encryption</i> - Amazon S3 Select supports querying objects that are protected with server-side encryption.</p> <p>For objects that are encrypted with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C), you must use HTTPS, and you must use the headers that are documented in the <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html\">GetObject</a>. For more information about SSE-C, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html\">Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys)</a> in the <i>Amazon S3 User Guide</i>.</p> <p>For objects that are encrypted with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3) and customer master keys (CMKs) stored in AWS Key Management Service (SSE-KMS), server-side encryption is handled transparently, so you don't need to specify anything. For more information about server-side encryption, including SSE-S3 and SSE-KMS, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/serv-side-encryption.html\">Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption</a> in the <i>Amazon S3 User Guide</i>.</p> </li> </ul> <p> <b>Working with the Response Body</b> </p> <p>Given the response size is unknown, Amazon S3 Select streams the response as a series of messages and includes a <code>Transfer-Encoding</code> header with <code>chunked</code> as its value in the response. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTSelectObjectAppendix.html\">Appendix: SelectObjectContent Response</a> .</p> <p/> <p> <b>GetObject Support</b> </p> <p>The <code>SelectObjectContent</code> action does not support the following <code>GetObject</code> functionality. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html\">GetObject</a>.</p> <ul> <li> <p> <code>Range</code>: Although you can specify a scan range for an Amazon S3 Select request (see <a href=\"https://docs
"documentation":"<p>Uploads a part in a multipart upload.</p> <note> <p>In this operation, you provide part data in your request. However, you have an option to specify your existing Amazon S3 object as a data source for the part you are uploading. To upload a part from an existing object, you use the <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPartCopy.html\">UploadPartCopy</a> operation. </p> </note> <p>You must initiate a multipart upload (see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateMultipartUpload.html\">CreateMultipartUpload</a>) before you can upload any part. In response to your initiate request, Amazon S3 returns an upload ID, a unique identifier, that you must include in your upload part request.</p> <p>Part numbers can be any number from 1 to 10,000, inclusive. A part number uniquely identifies a part and also defines its position within the object being created. If you upload a new part using the same part number that was used with a previous part, the previously uploaded part is overwritten. Each part must be at least 5 MB in size, except the last part. There is no size limit on the last part of your multipart upload.</p> <p>To ensure that data is not corrupted when traversing the network, specify the <code>Content-MD5</code> header in the upload part request. Amazon S3 checks the part data against the provided MD5 value. If they do not match, Amazon S3 returns an error. </p> <p>If the upload request is signed with Signature Version 4, then AWS S3 uses the <code>x-amz-content-sha256</code> header as a checksum instead of <code>Content-MD5</code>. For more information see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sigv4-auth-using-authorization-header.html\">Authenticating Requests: Using the Authorization Header (AWS Signature Version 4)</a>. </p> <p> <b>Note:</b> After you initiate multipart upload and upload one or more parts, you must either complete or abort multipart upload in order to stop getting charged for storage of the uploaded parts. Only after you either complete or abort multipart upload, Amazon S3 frees up the parts storage and stops charging you for the parts storage.</p> <p>For more information on multipart uploads, go to <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html\">Multipart Upload Overview</a> in the <i>Amazon S3 User Guide </i>.</p> <p>For information on the permissions required to use the multipart upload API, go to <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html\">Multipart Upload and Permissions</a> in the <i>Amazon S3 User Guide</i>.</p> <p>You can optionally request server-side encryption where Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts it for you when you access it. You have the option of providing your own encryption key, or you can use the AWS managed encryption keys. If you choose to provide your own encryption key, the request headers you provide in the request must match the headers you used in the request to initiate the upload by using <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateMultipartUpload.html\">CreateMultipartUpload</a>. For more information, go to <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingServerSideEncryption.html\">Using Server-Side Encryption</a> in the <i>Amazon S3 User Guide</i>.</p> <p>Server-side encryption is supported by the S3 Multipart Upload actions. Unless you are using a customer-provided encryption key, you don't need to specify the encryption parameters in each UploadPart request. Instead, you only need to specify the server-side encryption parameters in the initial Initiate Multipart request. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateMultipartUpload.html\">CreateMultipartUpload</a>.</p><p>Ifyourequestedserver-sideencryptionusingacustomer-providedencryptionkeyinyourinitiatemultipartuploadrequest,youmustprovideidenticalencryptioninformationineachpartuploa
"documentation":"<p>Uploads a part by copying data from an existing object as data source. You specify the data source by adding the request header <code>x-amz-copy-source</code> in your request and a byte range by adding the request header <code>x-amz-copy-source-range</code> in your request. </p> <p>The minimum allowable part size for a multipart upload is 5 MB. For more information about multipart upload limits, go to <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/qfacts.html\">Quick Facts</a> in the <i>Amazon S3 User Guide</i>. </p> <note> <p>Instead of using an existing object as part data, you might use the <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPart.html\">UploadPart</a> action and provide data in your request.</p> </note> <p>You must initiate a multipart upload before you can upload any part. In response to your initiate request. Amazon S3 returns a unique identifier, the upload ID, that you must include in your upload part request.</p> <p>For more information about using the <code>UploadPartCopy</code> operation, see the following:</p> <ul> <li> <p>For conceptual information about multipart uploads, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/uploadobjusingmpu.html\">Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload</a> in the <i>Amazon S3 User Guide</i>.</p> </li> <li> <p>For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html\">Multipart Upload and Permissions</a> in the <i>Amazon S3 User Guide</i>.</p> </li> <li> <p>For information about copying objects using a single atomic action vs. the multipart upload, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectOperations.html\">Operations on Objects</a> in the <i>Amazon S3 User Guide</i>.</p> </li> <li> <p>For information about using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys with the UploadPartCopy operation, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CopyObject.html\">CopyObject</a> and <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPart.html\">UploadPart</a>.</p></li></ul><p>Notethefollowingadditionalconsiderationsabouttherequestheaders<code>x-amz-copy-source-if-match</code>,<code>x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match</code>,<code>x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since</code>,and<code>x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since</code>:</p><p></p><ul><li><p><b>Consideration1</b>-Ifbothofthe<code>x-amz-copy-source-if-match</code>and<code>x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since</code>headersarepresentintherequestasfollows:</p><p><code>x-amz-copy-source-if-match</code>conditionevaluatesto<code>true</code>,and;</p><p><code>x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since</code>conditionevaluatesto<code>false</code>;</p><p>AmazonS3returns<code>200OK</code>andcopiesthedata.</p></li><li><p><b>Consideration2</b>-Ifbothofthe<code>x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match</code>and<code>x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since</code>headersarepresentintherequestasfollows:</p><p><code>x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match</code>conditionevaluatesto<code>false</code>,and;</p><p><code>x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since</code>conditionevaluatesto<code>true</code>;</p><p>AmazonS3returns<code>412PreconditionFailed</code>responsecode.</p></li></ul><p><b>Versioning</b></p><p>Ifyourbuckethasversioningenabled,youcouldhavemultipleversionsofthesameobject.Bydefault,<code>x-amz-copy-source</code>identifiesthecurrentversionoftheobjecttocopy.Ifthecurrentversionisadeletemarkerandyoudon'tspecifyaversionIdinthe<code>x-amz-copy-source</code>,AmazonS3returnsa404error,becausetheobjectdoesnotexist.IfyouspecifyversionIdinthe<code>x-amz-copy-source</code>andtheversionIdisadeletemarker,AmazonS3returnsanHTTP400error,becauseyouarenotallowedtospecifyadeletemarkerasaversionforthe<code>x-amz-copy-source</code>.
"documentation":"<p>Passes transformed objects to a <code>GetObject</code> operation when using Object Lambda Access Points. For information about Object Lambda Access Points, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/transforming-objects.html\">Transforming objects with Object Lambda Access Points</a> in the <i>Amazon S3 User Guide</i>.</p> <p>This operation supports metadata that can be returned by <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html\">GetObject</a>, in addition to <code>RequestRoute</code>, <code>RequestToken</code>, <code>StatusCode</code>, <code>ErrorCode</code>, and <code>ErrorMessage</code>. The <code>GetObject</code> response metadata is supported so that the <code>WriteGetObjectResponse</code> caller, typically an AWS Lambda function, can provide the same metadata when it internally invokes <code>GetObject</code>. When <code>WriteGetObjectResponse</code> is called by a customer-owned Lambda function, the metadata returned to the end user <code>GetObject</code> call might differ from what Amazon S3 would normally return.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies the days since the initiation of an incomplete multipart upload that Amazon S3 will wait before permanently removing all parts of the upload. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html#mpu-abort-incomplete-mpu-lifecycle-config\"> Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket Lifecycle Policy</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>The bucket name to which the upload was taking place. </p> <p>When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form <i>AccessPointName</i>-<i>AccountId</i>.s3-accesspoint.<i>Region</i>.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html\">Using Access Points</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p> <p>When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form <i>AccessPointName</i>-<i>AccountId</i>.<i>outpostID</i>.s3-outposts.<i>Region</i>.amazonaws.com. When using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html\">Using S3 on Outposts</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Configures the transfer acceleration state for an Amazon S3 bucket. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/transfer-acceleration.html\">Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>Specifies the replica ownership. For default and valid values, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTreplication.html\">PUT bucket replication</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service API Reference</i>.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>The prefix to use when evaluating an AND predicate: The prefix that an object must have to be included in the metrics results.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>A conjunction (logical AND) of predicates, which is used in evaluating a metrics filter. The operator must have at least two predicates in any combination, and an object must match all of the predicates for the filter to apply.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>The filter used to describe a set of objects for analyses. A filter must have exactly one prefix, one tag, or one conjunction (AnalyticsAndOperator). If no filter is provided, all objects will be considered in any analysis.</p>"
"documentation":"<p> Contains data related to access patterns to be collected and made available to analyze the tradeoffs between different storage classes. </p>"
"documentation":"<p>A conjunction (logical AND) of predicates, which is used in evaluating an analytics filter. The operator must have at least two predicates.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>The filter used to describe a set of objects for analyses. A filter must have exactly one prefix, one tag, or one conjunction (AnalyticsAndOperator). If no filter is provided, all objects will be considered in any analysis.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>The account ID that owns the destination S3 bucket. If no account ID is provided, the owner is not validated before exporting data.</p> <note> <p> Although this value is optional, we strongly recommend that you set it to help prevent problems if the destination bucket ownership changes. </p> </note>"
"documentation":"<p> In terms of implementation, a Bucket is a resource. An Amazon S3 bucket name is globally unique, and the namespace is shared by all AWS accounts. </p>"
"documentation":"<p>The requested bucket name is not available. The bucket namespace is shared by all users of the system. Select a different name and try again.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The bucket you tried to create already exists, and you own it. Amazon S3 returns this error in all AWS Regions except in the North Virginia Region. For legacy compatibility, if you re-create an existing bucket that you already own in the North Virginia Region, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and resets the bucket access control lists (ACLs).</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies the lifecycle configuration for objects in an Amazon S3 bucket. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html\">Object Lifecycle Management</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>Describes the cross-origin access configuration for objects in an Amazon S3 bucket. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cors.html\">Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>Headers that are specified in the <code>Access-Control-Request-Headers</code> header. These headers are allowed in a preflight OPTIONS request. In response to any preflight OPTIONS request, Amazon S3 returns any requested headers that are allowed.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>An HTTP method that you allow the origin to execute. Valid values are <code>GET</code>, <code>PUT</code>, <code>HEAD</code>, <code>POST</code>, and <code>DELETE</code>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>One or more headers in the response that you want customers to be able to access from their applications (for example, from a JavaScript <code>XMLHttpRequest</code> object).</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Describes the first line of input. Valid values are:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <code>NONE</code>: First line is not a header.</p> </li> <li> <p> <code>IGNORE</code>: First line is a header, but you can't use the header values to indicate the column in an expression. You can use column position (such as _1, _2, …) to indicate the column (<code>SELECT s._1 FROM OBJECT s</code>).</p> </li> <li> <p> <code>Use</code>: First line is a header, and you can use the header value to identify a column in an expression (<code>SELECT \"name\" FROM OBJECT</code>). </p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>A single character used to indicate that a row should be ignored when the character is present at the start of that row. You can specify any character to indicate a comment line.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>A single character used for escaping the quotation mark character inside an already escaped value. For example, the value \"\"\" a , b \"\"\" is parsed as \" a , b \".</p>"
"documentation":"<p>A single character used to separate individual records in the input. Instead of the default value, you can specify an arbitrary delimiter.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>A single character used for escaping when the field delimiter is part of the value. For example, if the value is <code>a, b</code>, Amazon S3 wraps this field value in quotation marks, as follows: <code>\" a , b \"</code>.</p> <p>Type: String</p> <p>Default: <code>\"</code> </p> <p>Ancestors: <code>CSV</code> </p>"
"documentation":"<p>Specifies that CSV field values may contain quoted record delimiters and such records should be allowed. Default value is FALSE. Setting this value to TRUE may lower performance.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>Indicates whether to use quotation marks around output fields. </p> <ul> <li> <p> <code>ALWAYS</code>: Always use quotation marks for output fields.</p> </li> <li> <p> <code>ASNEEDED</code>: Use quotation marks for output fields when needed.</p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>A single character used to separate individual records in the output. Instead of the default value, you can specify an arbitrary delimiter.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>A single character used for escaping when the field delimiter is part of the value. For example, if the value is <code>a, b</code>, Amazon S3 wraps this field value in quotation marks, as follows: <code>\" a , b \"</code>.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>Container for all (if there are any) keys between Prefix and the next occurrence of the string specified by a delimiter. CommonPrefixes lists keys that act like subdirectories in the directory specified by Prefix. For example, if the prefix is notes/ and the delimiter is a slash (/) as in notes/summer/july, the common prefix is notes/summer/. </p>"
"documentation":"<p>The name of the bucket that contains the newly created object.</p> <p>When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form <i>AccessPointName</i>-<i>AccountId</i>.s3-accesspoint.<i>Region</i>.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html\">Using Access Points</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p> <p>When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form <i>AccessPointName</i>-<i>AccountId</i>.<i>outpostID</i>.s3-outposts.<i>Region</i>.amazonaws.com. When using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html\">Using S3 on Outposts</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>If the object expiration is configured, this will contain the expiration date (expiry-date) and rule ID (rule-id). The value of rule-id is URL encoded.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Entity tag that identifies the newly created object's data. Objects with different object data will have different entity tags. The entity tag is an opaque string. The entity tag may or may not be an MD5 digest of the object data. If the entity tag is not an MD5 digest of the object data, it will contain one or more nonhexadecimal characters and/or will consist of less than 32 or more than 32 hexadecimal digits.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>If you specified server-side encryption either with an Amazon S3-managed encryption key or an AWS KMS customer master key (CMK) in your initiate multipart upload request, the response includes this header. It confirms the encryption algorithm that Amazon S3 used to encrypt the object.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) that was used for the object.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The HTTP error code when the redirect is applied. In the event of an error, if the error code equals this value, then the specified redirect is applied. Required when parent element <code>Condition</code> is specified and sibling <code>KeyPrefixEquals</code> is not specified. If both are specified, then both must be true for the redirect to be applied.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>The object key name prefix when the redirect is applied. For example, to redirect requests for <code>ExamplePage.html</code>, the key prefix will be <code>ExamplePage.html</code>. To redirect request for all pages with the prefix <code>docs/</code>, the key prefix will be <code>/docs</code>, which identifies all objects in the <code>docs/</code> folder. Required when the parent element <code>Condition</code> is specified and sibling <code>HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals</code> is not specified. If both conditions are specified, both must be true for the redirect to be applied.</p> <important> <p>Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints\"> XML related object key constraints</a>.</p> </important>"
"documentation":"<p>A container for describing a condition that must be met for the specified redirect to apply. For example, 1. If request is for pages in the <code>/docs</code> folder, redirect to the <code>/documents</code> folder. 2. If request results in HTTP error 4xx, redirect request to another host where you might process the error.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm used.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header to provide round-trip message integrity verification of the customer-provided encryption key.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) that was used for the object.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>If present, specifies the AWS KMS Encryption Context to use for object encryption. The value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding JSON with the encryption context key-value pairs.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The name of the destination bucket.</p> <p>When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form <i>AccessPointName</i>-<i>AccountId</i>.s3-accesspoint.<i>Region</i>.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html\">Using Access Points</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p> <p>When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form <i>AccessPointName</i>-<i>AccountId</i>.<i>outpostID</i>.s3-outposts.<i>Region</i>.amazonaws.com. When using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html\">Using S3 on Outposts</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced by the Content-Type header field.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies the source object for the copy operation. You specify the value in one of two formats, depending on whether you want to access the source object through an <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/access-points.html\">access point</a>:</p> <ul> <li> <p>For objects not accessed through an access point, specify the name of the source bucket and the key of the source object, separated by a slash (/). For example, to copy the object <code>reports/january.pdf</code> from the bucket <code>awsexamplebucket</code>, use <code>awsexamplebucket/reports/january.pdf</code>. The value must be URL encoded.</p> </li> <li> <p>For objects accessed through access points, specify the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the object as accessed through the access point, in the format <code>arn:aws:s3:<Region>:<account-id>:accesspoint/<access-point-name>/object/<key></code>. For example, to copy the object <code>reports/january.pdf</code> through access point <code>my-access-point</code> owned by account <code>123456789012</code> in Region <code>us-west-2</code>, use the URL encoding of <code>arn:aws:s3:us-west-2:123456789012:accesspoint/my-access-point/object/reports/january.pdf</code>. The value must be URL encoded.</p> <note> <p>Amazon S3 supports copy operations using access points only when the source and destination buckets are in the same AWS Region.</p> </note> <p>Alternatively, for objects accessed through Amazon S3 on Outposts, specify the ARN of the object as accessed in the format <code>arn:aws:s3-outposts:<Region>:<account-id>:outpost/<outpost-id>/object/<key></code>. For example, to copy the object <code>reports/january.pdf</code> through outpost <code>my-outpost</code> owned by account <code>123456789012</code> in Region <code>us-west-2</code>, use the URL encoding of <code>arn:aws:s3-outposts:us-west-2:123456789012:outpost/my-outpost/object/reports/january.pdf</code>. The value must be URL encoded. </p> </li> </ul> <p>To copy a specific version of an object, append <code>?versionId=<version-id></code> to the value (for example, <code>awsexamplebucket/reports/january.pdf?versionId=QUpfdndhfd8438MNFDN93jdnJFkdmqnh893</code>). If you don't specify a version ID, Amazon S3 copies the latest version of the source object.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Gives the grantee READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions on the object.</p> <p>This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>By default, Amazon S3 uses the STANDARD Storage Class to store newly created objects. The STANDARD storage class provides high durability and high availability. Depending on performance needs, you can specify a different Storage Class. Amazon S3 on Outposts only uses the OUTPOSTS Storage Class. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html\">Storage Classes</a> in the <i>Amazon S3 Service Developer Guide</i>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores the value of this header in the object metadata.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon S3 does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use with the algorithm specified in the <code>x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm</code> header.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies the AWS KMS key ID to use for object encryption. All GET and PUT requests for an object protected by AWS KMS will fail if not made via SSL or using SigV4. For information about configuring using any of the officially supported AWS SDKs and AWS CLI, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingAWSSDK.html#specify-signature-version\">Specifying the Signature Version in Request Authentication</a> in the <i>Amazon S3 Developer Guide</i>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies the AWS KMS Encryption Context to use for object encryption. The value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding JSON with the encryption context key-value pairs.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies whether Amazon S3 should use an S3 Bucket Key for object encryption with server-side encryption using AWS KMS (SSE-KMS). Setting this header to <code>true</code> causes Amazon S3 to use an S3 Bucket Key for object encryption with SSE-KMS. </p> <p>Specifying this header with a COPY action doesn’t affect bucket-level settings for S3 Bucket Key.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use to decrypt the source object. The encryption key provided in this header must be one that was used when the source object was created.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The tag-set for the object destination object this value must be used in conjunction with the <code>TaggingDirective</code>. The tag-set must be encoded as URL Query parameters.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected destination bucket owner. If the destination bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected source bucket owner. If the source bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Returns the ETag of the new object. The ETag reflects only changes to the contents of an object, not its metadata. The source and destination ETag is identical for a successfully copied non-multipart object.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>Specifies the Region where the bucket will be created. If you don't specify a Region, the bucket is created in the US East (N. Virginia) Region (us-east-1).</p>"
"documentation":"<p>Specifies the Region where the bucket will be created. If you are creating a bucket on the US East (N. Virginia) Region (us-east-1), you do not need to specify the location.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>If the bucket has a lifecycle rule configured with an action to abort incomplete multipart uploads and the prefix in the lifecycle rule matches the object name in the request, the response includes this header. The header indicates when the initiated multipart upload becomes eligible for an abort operation. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html#mpu-abort-incomplete-mpu-lifecycle-config\"> Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket Lifecycle Policy</a>.</p> <p>The response also includes the <code>x-amz-abort-rule-id</code> header that provides the ID of the lifecycle configuration rule that defines this action.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>This header is returned along with the <code>x-amz-abort-date</code> header. It identifies the applicable lifecycle configuration rule that defines the action to abort incomplete multipart uploads.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. </p> <p>When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form <i>AccessPointName</i>-<i>AccountId</i>.s3-accesspoint.<i>Region</i>.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html\">Using Access Points</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p> <p>When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form <i>AccessPointName</i>-<i>AccountId</i>.<i>outpostID</i>.s3-outposts.<i>Region</i>.amazonaws.com. When using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html\">Using S3 on Outposts</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm used.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header to provide round-trip message integrity verification of the customer-provided encryption key.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) that was used for the object.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>If present, specifies the AWS KMS Encryption Context to use for object encryption. The value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding JSON with the encryption context key-value pairs.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The name of the bucket to which to initiate the upload</p> <p>When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form <i>AccessPointName</i>-<i>AccountId</i>.s3-accesspoint.<i>Region</i>.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html\">Using Access Points</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p> <p>When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form <i>AccessPointName</i>-<i>AccountId</i>.<i>outpostID</i>.s3-outposts.<i>Region</i>.amazonaws.com. When using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html\">Using S3 on Outposts</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced by the Content-Type header field.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Gives the grantee READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions on the object.</p> <p>This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>By default, Amazon S3 uses the STANDARD Storage Class to store newly created objects. The STANDARD storage class provides high durability and high availability. Depending on performance needs, you can specify a different Storage Class. Amazon S3 on Outposts only uses the OUTPOSTS Storage Class. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html\">Storage Classes</a> in the <i>Amazon S3 Service Developer Guide</i>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores the value of this header in the object metadata.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon S3 does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use with the algorithm specified in the <code>x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm</code> header.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies the ID of the symmetric customer managed AWS KMS CMK to use for object encryption. All GET and PUT requests for an object protected by AWS KMS will fail if not made via SSL or using SigV4. For information about configuring using any of the officially supported AWS SDKs and AWS CLI, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingAWSSDK.html#specify-signature-version\">Specifying the Signature Version in Request Authentication</a> in the <i>Amazon S3 Developer Guide</i>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies the AWS KMS Encryption Context to use for object encryption. The value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding JSON with the encryption context key-value pairs.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies whether Amazon S3 should use an S3 Bucket Key for object encryption with server-side encryption using AWS KMS (SSE-KMS). Setting this header to <code>true</code> causes Amazon S3 to use an S3 Bucket Key for object encryption with SSE-KMS.</p> <p>Specifying this header with an object action doesn’t affect bucket-level settings for S3 Bucket Key.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The container element for specifying the default Object Lock retention settings for new objects placed in the specified bucket.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies whether Amazon S3 replicates delete markers. If you specify a <code>Filter</code> in your replication configuration, you must also include a <code>DeleteMarkerReplication</code> element. If your <code>Filter</code> includes a <code>Tag</code> element, the <code>DeleteMarkerReplication</code> <code>Status</code> must be set to Disabled, because Amazon S3 does not support replicating delete markers for tag-based rules. For an example configuration, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-add-config.html#replication-config-min-rule-config\">Basic Rule Configuration</a>. </p> <p>For more information about delete marker replication, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/delete-marker-replication.html\">Basic Rule Configuration</a>. </p> <note> <p>If you are using an earlier version of the replication configuration, Amazon S3 handles replication of delete markers differently. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-add-config.html#replication-backward-compat-considerations\">Backward Compatibility</a>.</p> </note>"
"documentation":"<p>The bucket name of the bucket containing the object. </p> <p>When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form <i>AccessPointName</i>-<i>AccountId</i>.s3-accesspoint.<i>Region</i>.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html\">Using Access Points</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p> <p>When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form <i>AccessPointName</i>-<i>AccountId</i>.<i>outpostID</i>.s3-outposts.<i>Region</i>.amazonaws.com. When using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html\">Using S3 on Outposts</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The concatenation of the authentication device's serial number, a space, and the value that is displayed on your authentication device. Required to permanently delete a versioned object if versioning is configured with MFA delete enabled.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The bucket name containing the objects from which to remove the tags. </p> <p>When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form <i>AccessPointName</i>-<i>AccountId</i>.s3-accesspoint.<i>Region</i>.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html\">Using Access Points</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p> <p>When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form <i>AccessPointName</i>-<i>AccountId</i>.<i>outpostID</i>.s3-outposts.<i>Region</i>.amazonaws.com. When using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html\">Using S3 on Outposts</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Container for a failed delete action that describes the object that Amazon S3 attempted to delete and the error it encountered.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The bucket name containing the objects to delete. </p> <p>When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form <i>AccessPointName</i>-<i>AccountId</i>.s3-accesspoint.<i>Region</i>.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html\">Using Access Points</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p> <p>When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form <i>AccessPointName</i>-<i>AccountId</i>.<i>outpostID</i>.s3-outposts.<i>Region</i>.amazonaws.com. When using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html\">Using S3 on Outposts</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The concatenation of the authentication device's serial number, a space, and the value that is displayed on your authentication device. Required to permanently delete a versioned object if versioning is configured with MFA delete enabled.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies whether you want to delete this object even if it has a Governance-type Object Lock in place. You must have sufficient permissions to perform this operation.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies whether the versioned object that was permanently deleted was (true) or was not (false) a delete marker. In a simple DELETE, this header indicates whether (true) or not (false) a delete marker was created.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>The version ID of the delete marker created as a result of the DELETE operation. If you delete a specific object version, the value returned by this header is the version ID of the object version deleted.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>Destination bucket owner account ID. In a cross-account scenario, if you direct Amazon S3 to change replica ownership to the AWS account that owns the destination bucket by specifying the <code>AccessControlTranslation</code> property, this is the account ID of the destination bucket owner. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-change-owner.html\">Replication Additional Configuration: Changing the Replica Owner</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p>"
"documentation":"<p> The storage class to use when replicating objects, such as S3 Standard or reduced redundancy. By default, Amazon S3 uses the storage class of the source object to create the object replica. </p> <p>For valid values, see the <code>StorageClass</code> element of the <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTreplication.html\">PUT Bucket replication</a> action in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service API Reference</i>.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>Specify this only in a cross-account scenario (where source and destination bucket owners are not the same), and you want to change replica ownership to the AWS account that owns the destination bucket. If this is not specified in the replication configuration, the replicas are owned by same AWS account that owns the source object.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>A container that provides information about encryption. If <code>SourceSelectionCriteria</code> is specified, you must specify this element.</p>"
"documentation":"<p> A container specifying S3 Replication Time Control (S3 RTC), including whether S3 RTC is enabled and the time when all objects and operations on objects must be replicated. Must be specified together with a <code>Metrics</code> block. </p>"
"documentation":"<p>Specifies information about where to publish analysis or configuration results for an Amazon S3 bucket and S3 Replication Time Control (S3 RTC).</p>"
"documentation":"<p>Requests Amazon S3 to encode the object keys in the response and specifies the encoding method to use. An object key may contain any Unicode character; however, XML 1.0 parser cannot parse some characters, such as characters with an ASCII value from 0 to 10. For characters that are not supported in XML 1.0, you can add this parameter to request that Amazon S3 encode the keys in the response.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>If the encryption type is <code>aws:kms</code>, this optional value specifies the ID of the symmetric customer managed AWS KMS CMK to use for encryption of job results. Amazon S3 only supports symmetric CMKs. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symmetric-asymmetric.html\">Using Symmetric and Asymmetric Keys</a> in the <i>AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide</i>.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>If the encryption type is <code>aws:kms</code>, this optional value can be used to specify the encryption context for the restore results.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>Specifies the ID (Key ARN or Alias ARN) of the customer managed customer master key (CMK) stored in AWS Key Management Service (KMS) for the destination bucket. Amazon S3 uses this key to encrypt replica objects. Amazon S3 only supports symmetric customer managed CMKs. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symmetric-asymmetric.html\">Using Symmetric and Asymmetric Keys</a> in the <i>AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide</i>.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>A message that indicates the request is complete and no more messages will be sent. You should not assume that the request is complete until the client receives an <code>EndEvent</code>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The error code is a string that uniquely identifies an error condition. It is meant to be read and understood by programs that detect and handle errors by type. </p> <p class=\"title\"><b>AmazonS3errorcodes</b></p><ul><li><ul><li><p><i>Code:</i>AccessDenied</p></li><li><p><i>Description:</i>AccessDenied</p></li><li><p><i>HTTPStatusCode:</i>403Forbidden</p></li><li><p><i>SOAPFaultCodePrefix:</i>Client</p></li></ul></li><li><ul><li><p><i>Code:</i>AccountProblem</p></li><li><p><i>Description:</i>ThereisaproblemwithyourAWSaccountthatpreventstheactionfromcompletingsuccessfully.ContactAWSSupportforfurtherassistance.</p></li><li><p><i>HTTPStatusCode:</i>403Forbidden</p></li><li><p><i>SOAPFaultCodePrefix:</i>Client</p></li></ul></li><li><ul><li><p><i>Code:</i>AllAccessDisabled</p></li><li><p><i>Description:</i>AllaccesstothisAmazonS3resourcehasbeendisabled.ContactAWSSupportforfurtherassistance.</p></li><li><p><i>HTTPStatusCode:</i>403Forbidden</p></li><li><p><i>SOAPFaultCodePrefix:</i>Client</p></li></ul></li><li><ul><li><p><i>Code:</i>AmbiguousGrantByEmailAddress</p></li><li><p><i>Description:</i>Theemailaddressyouprovidedisassociatedwithmorethanoneaccount.</p></li><li><p><i>HTTPStatusCode:</i>400BadRequest</p></li><li><p><i>SOAPFaultCodePrefix:</i>Client</p></li></ul></li><li><ul><li><p><i>Code:</i>AuthorizationHeaderMalformed</p></li><li><p><i>Description:</i>Theauthorizationheaderyouprovidedisinvalid.</p></li><li><p><i>HTTPStatusCode:</i>400BadRequest</p></li><li><p><i>HTTPStatusCode:</i>N/A</p></li></ul></li><li><ul><li><p><i>Code:</i>BadDigest</p></li><li><p><i>Description:</i>TheContent-MD5youspecifieddidnotmatchwhatwereceived.</p></li><li><p><i>HTTPStatusCode:</i>400BadRequest</p></li><li><p><i>SOAPFaultCodePrefix:</i>Client</p></li></ul></li><li><ul><li><p><i>Code:</i>BucketAlreadyExists</p></li><li><p><i>Description:</i>Therequestedbucketnameisnotavailable.Thebucketnamespaceissharedbyallusersofthesystem.Pleaseselectadifferentnameandtryagain.</p></li><li><p><i>HTTPStatusCode:</i>409Conflict</p></li><li><p><i>SOAPFaultCodePrefix:</i>Client</p></li></ul></li><li><ul><li><p><i>Code:</i>BucketAlreadyOwnedByYou</p></li><li><p><i>Description:</i>Thebucketyoutriedtocreatealreadyexists,andyouownit.AmazonS3returnsthiserrorinallAWSRegionsexceptintheNorthVirginiaRegion.Forlegacycompatibility,ifyoure-createanexistingbucketthatyoualreadyownintheNorthVirginiaRegion,AmazonS3returns200OKandresetsthebucketaccesscontrollists(ACLs).</p></li><li><p><i>Code:</i>409Conflict(inallRegionsexcepttheNorthVirginiaRegion)</p></li><li><p><i>SOAPFaultCodePrefix:</i>Client</p></li></ul></li><li><ul><li><p><i>Code:</i>BucketNotEmpty</p></li><li><p><i>Description:</i>Thebucketyoutriedtodeleteisnotempty.</p></li><li><p><i>HTTPStatusCode:</i>409Conflict</p></li><li><p><i>SOAPFaultCodePrefix:</i>Client</p></li></ul></li><li><ul><li><p><i>Code:</i>CredentialsNotSupported</p></li><li><p><i>Description:</i>Thisrequestdoesnotsupportcredentials.</p></li><li><p><i>HTTPStatusCode:</i>400BadRequest</p></li><li><p><i>SOAPFaultCodePrefix:</i>Client</p></li></ul></li><li><ul><li><p><i>Code:</i>CrossLocationLoggingProhibited</p></li><li><p><i>Description:</i>Cross-locationloggingnotallowed.Bucketsinonegeographiclocationcannotloginformationtoabucketinanotherlocation.</p></li><li><p><i>HTTPStatusCode:</i>403Forbidden</p></li><li><p><i>SOAPFaultCodePrefix:</i>Client</p></li></ul></li><li><ul><li><p><i>Code:</i>EntityTooSmall</p></li><li><p><i>Description:</i>Yourproposeduploadissmallerthantheminimumallowedobje
"documentation":"<p>The error message contains a generic description of the error condition in English. It is intended for a human audience. Simple programs display the message directly to the end user if they encounter an error condition they don't know how or don't care to handle. Sophisticated programs with more exhaustive error handling and proper internationalization are more likely to ignore the error message.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>The object key name to use when a 4XX class error occurs.</p> <important> <p>Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints\"> XML related object key constraints</a>.</p> </important>"
"documentation":"<p>Optional configuration to replicate existing source bucket objects. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-what-is-isnot-replicated.html#existing-object-replication\">Replicating Existing Objects</a> in the <i>Amazon S3 Developer Guide</i>. </p>"
"documentation":"<p>The object key name prefix or suffix identifying one or more objects to which the filtering rule applies. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. Overlapping prefixes and suffixes are not supported. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html\">Configuring Event Notifications</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies the Region where the bucket resides. For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported location constraints by Region, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region\">Regions and Endpoints</a>. Buckets in Region <code>us-east-1</code> have a LocationConstraint of <code>null</code>.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies whether MFA delete is enabled in the bucket versioning configuration. This element is only returned if the bucket has been configured with MFA delete. If the bucket has never been so configured, this element is not returned.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The bucket name that contains the object for which to get the ACL information. </p> <p>When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form <i>AccessPointName</i>-<i>AccountId</i>.s3-accesspoint.<i>Region</i>.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html\">Using Access Points</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The bucket name containing the object whose Legal Hold status you want to retrieve. </p> <p>When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form <i>AccessPointName</i>-<i>AccountId</i>.s3-accesspoint.<i>Region</i>.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html\">Using Access Points</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The bucket whose Object Lock configuration you want to retrieve.</p> <p>When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form <i>AccessPointName</i>-<i>AccountId</i>.s3-accesspoint.<i>Region</i>.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html\">Using Access Points</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies whether the object retrieved was (true) or was not (false) a Delete Marker. If false, this response header does not appear in the response.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>If the object expiration is configured (see PUT Bucket lifecycle), the response includes this header. It includes the expiry-date and rule-id key-value pairs providing object expiration information. The value of the rule-id is URL encoded.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>This is set to the number of metadata entries not returned in <code>x-amz-meta</code> headers. This can happen if you create metadata using an API like SOAP that supports more flexible metadata than the REST API. For example, using SOAP, you can create metadata whose values are not legal HTTP headers.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced by the Content-Type header field.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores the value of this header in the object metadata.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm used.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header to provide round-trip message integrity verification of the customer-provided encryption key.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) that was used for the object.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Provides storage class information of the object. Amazon S3 returns this header for all objects except for S3 Standard storage class objects.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Indicates whether this object has an active legal hold. This field is only returned if you have permission to view an object's legal hold status. </p>",
"documentation":"<p>The bucket name containing the object. </p> <p>When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form <i>AccessPointName</i>-<i>AccountId</i>.s3-accesspoint.<i>Region</i>.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html\">Using Access Points</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p> <p>When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form <i>AccessPointName</i>-<i>AccountId</i>.<i>outpostID</i>.s3-outposts.<i>Region</i>.amazonaws.com. When using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html\">Using S3 on Outposts</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Return the object only if its entity tag (ETag) is the same as the one specified, otherwise return a 412 (precondition failed).</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Downloads the specified range bytes of an object. For more information about the HTTP Range header, see <a href=\"https://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.35\">https://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.35</a>.</p> <note> <p>Amazon S3 doesn't support retrieving multiple ranges of data per <code>GET</code> request.</p> </note>",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 used to encrypt the data. This value is used to decrypt the object when recovering it and must match the one used when storing the data. The key must be appropriate for use with the algorithm specified in the <code>x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm</code> header.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Part number of the object being read. This is a positive integer between 1 and 10,000. Effectively performs a 'ranged' GET request for the part specified. Useful for downloading just a part of an object.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The bucket name containing the object whose retention settings you want to retrieve. </p> <p>When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form <i>AccessPointName</i>-<i>AccountId</i>.s3-accesspoint.<i>Region</i>.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html\">Using Access Points</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The bucket name containing the object for which to get the tagging information. </p> <p>When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form <i>AccessPointName</i>-<i>AccountId</i>.s3-accesspoint.<i>Region</i>.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html\">Using Access Points</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p> <p>When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form <i>AccessPointName</i>-<i>AccountId</i>.<i>outpostID</i>.s3-outposts.<i>Region</i>.amazonaws.com. When using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html\">Using S3 on Outposts</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Email address of the grantee.</p> <note> <p>Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following AWS Regions: </p> <ul> <li> <p>US East (N. Virginia)</p> </li> <li> <p>US West (N. California)</p> </li> <li> <p> US West (Oregon)</p> </li> <li> <p> Asia Pacific (Singapore)</p> </li> <li> <p>Asia Pacific (Sydney)</p> </li> <li> <p>Asia Pacific (Tokyo)</p> </li> <li> <p>Europe (Ireland)</p> </li> <li> <p>South America (São Paulo)</p> </li> </ul> <p>For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region\">Regions and Endpoints</a> in the AWS General Reference.</p> </note>"
"documentation":"<p>The bucket name.</p> <p>When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form <i>AccessPointName</i>-<i>AccountId</i>.s3-accesspoint.<i>Region</i>.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html\">Using Access Points</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p> <p>When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form <i>AccessPointName</i>-<i>AccountId</i>.<i>outpostID</i>.s3-outposts.<i>Region</i>.amazonaws.com. When using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html\">Using S3 on Outposts</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies whether the object retrieved was (true) or was not (false) a Delete Marker. If false, this response header does not appear in the response.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>If the object expiration is configured (see PUT Bucket lifecycle), the response includes this header. It includes the expiry-date and rule-id key-value pairs providing object expiration information. The value of the rule-id is URL encoded.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>If the object is an archived object (an object whose storage class is GLACIER), the response includes this header if either the archive restoration is in progress (see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_RestoreObject.html\">RestoreObject</a> or an archive copy is already restored.</p> <p> If an archive copy is already restored, the header value indicates when Amazon S3 is scheduled to delete the object copy. For example:</p> <p> <code>x-amz-restore: ongoing-request=\"false\", expiry-date=\"Fri, 23 Dec 2012 00:00:00 GMT\"</code> </p> <p>If the object restoration is in progress, the header returns the value <code>ongoing-request=\"true\"</code>.</p> <p>For more information about archiving objects, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html#lifecycle-transition-general-considerations\">Transitioning Objects: General Considerations</a>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>This is set to the number of metadata entries not returned in <code>x-amz-meta</code> headers. This can happen if you create metadata using an API like SOAP that supports more flexible metadata than the REST API. For example, using SOAP, you can create metadata whose values are not legal HTTP headers.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced by the Content-Type header field.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores the value of this header in the object metadata.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>If the object is stored using server-side encryption either with an AWS KMS customer master key (CMK) or an Amazon S3-managed encryption key, the response includes this header with the value of the server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).</p>",
"documentation":"<p>If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm used.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header to provide round-trip message integrity verification of the customer-provided encryption key.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) that was used for the object.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Provides storage class information of the object. Amazon S3 returns this header for all objects except for S3 Standard storage class objects.</p> <p>For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html\">Storage Classes</a>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Amazon S3 can return this header if your request involves a bucket that is either a source or a destination in a replication rule.</p> <p>In replication, you have a source bucket on which you configure replication and destination bucket or buckets where Amazon S3 stores object replicas. When you request an object (<code>GetObject</code>) or object metadata (<code>HeadObject</code>) from these buckets, Amazon S3 will return the <code>x-amz-replication-status</code> header in the response as follows:</p> <ul> <li> <p>If requesting an object from the source bucket — Amazon S3 will return the <code>x-amz-replication-status</code> header if the object in your request is eligible for replication.</p> <p> For example, suppose that in your replication configuration, you specify object prefix <code>TaxDocs</code> requesting Amazon S3 to replicate objects with key prefix <code>TaxDocs</code>. Any objects you upload with this key name prefix, for example <code>TaxDocs/document1.pdf</code>, are eligible for replication. For any object request with this key name prefix, Amazon S3 will return the <code>x-amz-replication-status</code> header with value PENDING, COMPLETED or FAILED indicating object replication status.</p> </li> <li> <p>If requesting an object from a destination bucket — Amazon S3 will return the <code>x-amz-replication-status</code> header with value REPLICA if the object in your request is a replica that Amazon S3 created and there is no replica modification replication in progress.</p> </li> <li> <p>When replicating objects to multiple destination buckets the <code>x-amz-replication-status</code> header acts differently. The header of the source object will only return a value of COMPLETED when replication is successful to all destinations. The header will remain at value PENDING until replication has completed for all destinations. If one or more destinations fails replication the header will return FAILED. </p> </li> </ul> <p>For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html\">Replication</a>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The Object Lock mode, if any, that's in effect for this object. This header is only returned if the requester has the <code>s3:GetObjectRetention</code> permission. For more information about S3 Object Lock, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html\">Object Lock</a>. </p>",
"documentation":"<p>The date and time when the Object Lock retention period expires. This header is only returned if the requester has the <code>s3:GetObjectRetention</code> permission.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies whether a legal hold is in effect for this object. This header is only returned if the requester has the <code>s3:GetObjectLegalHold</code> permission. This header is not returned if the specified version of this object has never had a legal hold applied. For more information about S3 Object Lock, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html\">Object Lock</a>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The name of the bucket containing the object.</p> <p>When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form <i>AccessPointName</i>-<i>AccountId</i>.s3-accesspoint.<i>Region</i>.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html\">Using Access Points</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p> <p>When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form <i>AccessPointName</i>-<i>AccountId</i>.<i>outpostID</i>.s3-outposts.<i>Region</i>.amazonaws.com. When using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html\">Using S3 on Outposts</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Return the object only if its entity tag (ETag) is the same as the one specified, otherwise return a 412 (precondition failed).</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Downloads the specified range bytes of an object. For more information about the HTTP Range header, see <a href=\"http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.35\">http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.35</a>.</p> <note> <p>Amazon S3 doesn't support retrieving multiple ranges of data per <code>GET</code> request.</p> </note>",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon S3 does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use with the algorithm specified in the <code>x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm</code> header.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Part number of the object being read. This is a positive integer between 1 and 10,000. Effectively performs a 'ranged' HEAD request for the part specified. Useful querying about the size of the part and the number of parts in this object.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>A suffix that is appended to a request that is for a directory on the website endpoint (for example,if the suffix is index.html and you make a request to samplebucket/images/ the data that is returned will be for the object with the key name images/index.html) The suffix must not be empty and must not include a slash character.</p> <important> <p>Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints\"> XML related object key constraints</a>.</p> </important>"
"documentation":"<p>If the principal is an AWS account, it provides the Canonical User ID. If the principal is an IAM User, it provides a user ARN value.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>An object key name prefix that identifies the subset of objects to which the configuration applies.</p>"
},
"Tags":{
"shape":"TagSet",
"documentation":"<p>All of these tags must exist in the object's tag set in order for the configuration to apply.</p>",
"flattened":true,
"locationName":"Tag"
}
},
"documentation":"<p>A container for specifying S3 Intelligent-Tiering filters. The filters determine the subset of objects to which the rule applies.</p>"
},
"IntelligentTieringConfiguration":{
"type":"structure",
"required":[
"Id",
"Status",
"Tierings"
],
"members":{
"Id":{
"shape":"IntelligentTieringId",
"documentation":"<p>The ID used to identify the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration.</p>"
},
"Filter":{
"shape":"IntelligentTieringFilter",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies a bucket filter. The configuration only includes objects that meet the filter's criteria.</p>"
},
"Status":{
"shape":"IntelligentTieringStatus",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies the status of the configuration.</p>"
},
"Tierings":{
"shape":"TieringList",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class tier of the configuration.</p>",
"locationName":"Tiering"
}
},
"documentation":"<p>Specifies the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket.</p> <p>For information about the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html#sc-dynamic-data-access\">Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects</a>.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>An object key name prefix that identifies the subset of objects to which the rule applies.</p> <important> <p>Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints\"> XML related object key constraints</a>.</p> </important>"
"documentation":"<p>A conjunction (logical AND) of predicates, which is used in evaluating a metrics filter. The operator must have at least two predicates, and an object must match all of the predicates in order for the filter to apply.</p>"
}
},
"documentation":"<p>The <code>Filter</code> is used to identify objects that the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration applies to.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>Specifies whether the inventory is enabled or disabled. If set to <code>True</code>, an inventory list is generated. If set to <code>False</code>, no inventory list is generated.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>Object versions to include in the inventory list. If set to <code>All</code>, the list includes all the object versions, which adds the version-related fields <code>VersionId</code>, <code>IsLatest</code>, and <code>DeleteMarker</code> to the list. If set to <code>Current</code>, the list does not contain these version-related fields.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>Specifies the inventory configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketGETInventoryConfig.html\">GET Bucket inventory</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service API Reference</i>. </p>"
"documentation":"<p>The account ID that owns the destination S3 bucket. If no account ID is provided, the owner is not validated before exporting data. </p> <note> <p> Although this value is optional, we strongly recommend that you set it to help prevent problems if the destination bucket ownership changes. </p> </note>"
"documentation":"<p>The value used to separate individual records in the output. If no value is specified, Amazon S3 uses a newline character ('\\n').</p>"
"documentation":"<p>The Amazon S3 bucket event for which to invoke the AWS Lambda function. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html\">Supported Event Types</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Indicates whether Amazon S3 will remove a delete marker with no noncurrent versions. If set to true, the delete marker will be expired; if set to false the policy takes no action. This cannot be specified with Days or Date in a Lifecycle Expiration Policy.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>Specifies the expiration for the lifecycle of the object in the form of date, days and, whether the object has a delete marker.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>Prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies. This is No longer used; use <code>Filter</code> instead.</p> <important> <p>Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints\"> XML related object key constraints</a>.</p> </important>",
"documentation":"<p> Specifies the transition rule for the lifecycle rule that describes when noncurrent objects transition to a specific storage class. If your bucket is versioning-enabled (or versioning is suspended), you can set this action to request that Amazon S3 transition noncurrent object versions to a specific storage class at a set period in the object's lifetime. </p>",
"documentation":"<p>This is used in a Lifecycle Rule Filter to apply a logical AND to two or more predicates. The Lifecycle Rule will apply to any object matching all of the predicates configured inside the And operator.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>Prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies.</p> <important> <p>Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints\"> XML related object key constraints</a>.</p> </important>"
"documentation":"<p>This tag must exist in the object's tag set in order for the rule to apply.</p>"
},
"And":{"shape":"LifecycleRuleAndOperator"}
},
"documentation":"<p>The <code>Filter</code> is used to identify objects that a Lifecycle Rule applies to. A <code>Filter</code> must have exactly one of <code>Prefix</code>, <code>Tag</code>, or <code>And</code> specified.</p>"
},
"LifecycleRules":{
"type":"list",
"member":{"shape":"LifecycleRule"},
"flattened":true
},
"ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput":{
"type":"structure",
"members":{
"IsTruncated":{
"shape":"IsTruncated",
"documentation":"<p>Indicates whether the returned list of analytics configurations is complete. A value of true indicates that the list is not complete and the NextContinuationToken will be provided for a subsequent request.</p>"
},
"ContinuationToken":{
"shape":"Token",
"documentation":"<p>The marker that is used as a starting point for this analytics configuration list response. This value is present if it was sent in the request.</p>"
},
"NextContinuationToken":{
"shape":"NextToken",
"documentation":"<p> <code>NextContinuationToken</code> is sent when <code>isTruncated</code> is true, which indicates that there are more analytics configurations to list. The next request must include this <code>NextContinuationToken</code>. The token is obfuscated and is not a usable value.</p>"
},
"AnalyticsConfigurationList":{
"shape":"AnalyticsConfigurationList",
"documentation":"<p>The list of analytics configurations for a bucket.</p>",
"locationName":"AnalyticsConfiguration"
}
}
},
"ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest":{
"type":"structure",
"required":["Bucket"],
"members":{
"Bucket":{
"shape":"BucketName",
"documentation":"<p>The name of the bucket from which analytics configurations are retrieved.</p>",
"location":"uri",
"locationName":"Bucket"
},
"ContinuationToken":{
"shape":"Token",
"documentation":"<p>The ContinuationToken that represents a placeholder from where this request should begin.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Indicates whether the returned list of analytics configurations is complete. A value of true indicates that the list is not complete and the NextContinuationToken will be provided for a subsequent request.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>The marker used to continue this inventory configuration listing. Use the <code>NextContinuationToken</code> from this response to continue the listing in a subsequent request. The continuation token is an opaque value that Amazon S3 understands.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>Tells whether the returned list of inventory configurations is complete. A value of true indicates that the list is not complete and the NextContinuationToken is provided for a subsequent request.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>The marker used to continue this inventory configuration listing. Use the <code>NextContinuationToken</code> from this response to continue the listing in a subsequent request. The continuation token is an opaque value that Amazon S3 understands.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>The marker used to continue an inventory configuration listing that has been truncated. Use the NextContinuationToken from a previously truncated list response to continue the listing. The continuation token is an opaque value that Amazon S3 understands.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Indicates whether the returned list of metrics configurations is complete. A value of true indicates that the list is not complete and the NextContinuationToken will be provided for a subsequent request.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>The marker that is used as a starting point for this metrics configuration list response. This value is present if it was sent in the request.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>The marker used to continue a metrics configuration listing that has been truncated. Use the <code>NextContinuationToken</code> from a previously truncated list response to continue the listing. The continuation token is an opaque value that Amazon S3 understands.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>The marker that is used to continue a metrics configuration listing that has been truncated. Use the NextContinuationToken from a previously truncated list response to continue the listing. The continuation token is an opaque value that Amazon S3 understands.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>When a list is truncated, this element specifies the value that should be used for the key-marker request parameter in a subsequent request.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>When a prefix is provided in the request, this field contains the specified prefix. The result contains only keys starting with the specified prefix.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>Contains the delimiter you specified in the request. If you don't specify a delimiter in your request, this element is absent from the response.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>When a list is truncated, this element specifies the value that should be used for the <code>upload-id-marker</code> request parameter in a subsequent request.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>Indicates whether the returned list of multipart uploads is truncated. A value of true indicates that the list was truncated. The list can be truncated if the number of multipart uploads exceeds the limit allowed or specified by max uploads.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>Container for elements related to a particular multipart upload. A response can contain zero or more <code>Upload</code> elements.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>If you specify a delimiter in the request, then the result returns each distinct key prefix containing the delimiter in a <code>CommonPrefixes</code> element. The distinct key prefixes are returned in the <code>Prefix</code> child element.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response.</p> <p>If you specify <code>encoding-type</code> request parameter, Amazon S3 includes this element in the response, and returns encoded key name values in the following response elements:</p> <p> <code>Delimiter</code>, <code>KeyMarker</code>, <code>Prefix</code>, <code>NextKeyMarker</code>, <code>Key</code>.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>The name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. </p> <p>When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form <i>AccessPointName</i>-<i>AccountId</i>.s3-accesspoint.<i>Region</i>.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html\">Using Access Points</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p> <p>When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form <i>AccessPointName</i>-<i>AccountId</i>.<i>outpostID</i>.s3-outposts.<i>Region</i>.amazonaws.com. When using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html\">Using S3 on Outposts</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Character you use to group keys.</p> <p>All keys that contain the same string between the prefix, if specified, and the first occurrence of the delimiter after the prefix are grouped under a single result element, <code>CommonPrefixes</code>. If you don't specify the prefix parameter, then the substring starts at the beginning of the key. The keys that are grouped under <code>CommonPrefixes</code> result element are not returned elsewhere in the response.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Together with upload-id-marker, this parameter specifies the multipart upload after which listing should begin.</p> <p>If <code>upload-id-marker</code> is not specified, only the keys lexicographically greater than the specified <code>key-marker</code> will be included in the list.</p> <p>If <code>upload-id-marker</code> is specified, any multipart uploads for a key equal to the <code>key-marker</code> might also be included, provided those multipart uploads have upload IDs lexicographically greater than the specified <code>upload-id-marker</code>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Sets the maximum number of multipart uploads, from 1 to 1,000, to return in the response body. 1,000 is the maximum number of uploads that can be returned in a response.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Lists in-progress uploads only for those keys that begin with the specified prefix. You can use prefixes to separate a bucket into different grouping of keys. (You can think of using prefix to make groups in the same way you'd use a folder in a file system.)</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Together with key-marker, specifies the multipart upload after which listing should begin. If key-marker is not specified, the upload-id-marker parameter is ignored. Otherwise, any multipart uploads for a key equal to the key-marker might be included in the list only if they have an upload ID lexicographically greater than the specified <code>upload-id-marker</code>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>A flag that indicates whether Amazon S3 returned all of the results that satisfied the search criteria. If your results were truncated, you can make a follow-up paginated request using the NextKeyMarker and NextVersionIdMarker response parameters as a starting place in another request to return the rest of the results.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>When the number of responses exceeds the value of <code>MaxKeys</code>, <code>NextKeyMarker</code> specifies the first key not returned that satisfies the search criteria. Use this value for the key-marker request parameter in a subsequent request.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>When the number of responses exceeds the value of <code>MaxKeys</code>, <code>NextVersionIdMarker</code> specifies the first object version not returned that satisfies the search criteria. Use this value for the version-id-marker request parameter in a subsequent request.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>The delimiter grouping the included keys. A delimiter is a character that you specify to group keys. All keys that contain the same string between the prefix and the first occurrence of the delimiter are grouped under a single result element in <code>CommonPrefixes</code>. These groups are counted as one result against the max-keys limitation. These keys are not returned elsewhere in the response.</p>"
"documentation":"<p> Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object key names in the XML response.</p> <p>If you specify encoding-type request parameter, Amazon S3 includes this element in the response, and returns encoded key name values in the following response elements:</p> <p> <code>KeyMarker, NextKeyMarker, Prefix, Key</code>, and <code>Delimiter</code>.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>A delimiter is a character that you specify to group keys. All keys that contain the same string between the <code>prefix</code> and the first occurrence of the delimiter are grouped under a single result element in CommonPrefixes. These groups are counted as one result against the max-keys limitation. These keys are not returned elsewhere in the response.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Sets the maximum number of keys returned in the response. By default the action returns up to 1,000 key names. The response might contain fewer keys but will never contain more. If additional keys satisfy the search criteria, but were not returned because max-keys was exceeded, the response contains <isTruncated>true</isTruncated>. To return the additional keys, see key-marker and version-id-marker.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Use this parameter to select only those keys that begin with the specified prefix. You can use prefixes to separate a bucket into different groupings of keys. (You can think of using prefix to make groups in the same way you'd use a folder in a file system.) You can use prefix with delimiter to roll up numerous objects into a single result under CommonPrefixes. </p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>When response is truncated (the IsTruncated element value in the response is true), you can use the key name in this field as marker in the subsequent request to get next set of objects. Amazon S3 lists objects in alphabetical order Note: This element is returned only if you have delimiter request parameter specified. If response does not include the NextMarker and it is truncated, you can use the value of the last Key in the response as the marker in the subsequent request to get the next set of object keys.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>Causes keys that contain the same string between the prefix and the first occurrence of the delimiter to be rolled up into a single result element in the <code>CommonPrefixes</code> collection. These rolled-up keys are not returned elsewhere in the response. Each rolled-up result counts as only one return against the <code>MaxKeys</code> value.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>All of the keys (up to 1,000) rolled up in a common prefix count as a single return when calculating the number of returns. </p> <p>A response can contain CommonPrefixes only if you specify a delimiter.</p> <p>CommonPrefixes contains all (if there are any) keys between Prefix and the next occurrence of the string specified by the delimiter.</p> <p> CommonPrefixes lists keys that act like subdirectories in the directory specified by Prefix.</p> <p>For example, if the prefix is notes/ and the delimiter is a slash (/) as in notes/summer/july, the common prefix is notes/summer/. All of the keys that roll up into a common prefix count as a single return when calculating the number of returns.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>The name of the bucket containing the objects.</p> <p>When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form <i>AccessPointName</i>-<i>AccountId</i>.s3-accesspoint.<i>Region</i>.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html\">Using Access Points</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p> <p>When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form <i>AccessPointName</i>-<i>AccountId</i>.<i>outpostID</i>.s3-outposts.<i>Region</i>.amazonaws.com. When using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html\">Using S3 on Outposts</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Sets the maximum number of keys returned in the response. By default the action returns up to 1,000 key names. The response might contain fewer keys but will never contain more. </p>",
"documentation":"<p>Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the list objects request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Set to false if all of the results were returned. Set to true if more keys are available to return. If the number of results exceeds that specified by MaxKeys, all of the results might not be returned.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>The bucket name.</p> <p>When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form <i>AccessPointName</i>-<i>AccountId</i>.s3-accesspoint.<i>Region</i>.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html\">Using Access Points</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p> <p>When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form <i>AccessPointName</i>-<i>AccountId</i>.<i>outpostID</i>.s3-outposts.<i>Region</i>.amazonaws.com. When using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html\">Using S3 on Outposts</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>Causes keys that contain the same string between the prefix and the first occurrence of the delimiter to be rolled up into a single result element in the CommonPrefixes collection. These rolled-up keys are not returned elsewhere in the response. Each rolled-up result counts as only one return against the <code>MaxKeys</code> value.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>Sets the maximum number of keys returned in the response. By default the action returns up to 1,000 key names. The response might contain fewer keys but will never contain more.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>All of the keys (up to 1,000) rolled up into a common prefix count as a single return when calculating the number of returns.</p> <p>A response can contain <code>CommonPrefixes</code> only if you specify a delimiter.</p> <p> <code>CommonPrefixes</code> contains all (if there are any) keys between <code>Prefix</code> and the next occurrence of the string specified by a delimiter.</p> <p> <code>CommonPrefixes</code> lists keys that act like subdirectories in the directory specified by <code>Prefix</code>.</p> <p>For example, if the prefix is <code>notes/</code> and the delimiter is a slash (<code>/</code>) as in <code>notes/summer/july</code>, the common prefix is <code>notes/summer/</code>. All of the keys that roll up into a common prefix count as a single return when calculating the number of returns. </p>"
"documentation":"<p>Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object key names in the XML response.</p> <p>If you specify the encoding-type request parameter, Amazon S3 includes this element in the response, and returns encoded key name values in the following response elements:</p> <p> <code>Delimiter, Prefix, Key,</code> and <code>StartAfter</code>.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>KeyCount is the number of keys returned with this request. KeyCount will always be less than or equals to MaxKeys field. Say you ask for 50 keys, your result will include less than equals 50 keys </p>"
"documentation":"<p> <code>NextContinuationToken</code> is sent when <code>isTruncated</code> is true, which means there are more keys in the bucket that can be listed. The next list requests to Amazon S3 can be continued with this <code>NextContinuationToken</code>. <code>NextContinuationToken</code> is obfuscated and is not a real key</p>"
"documentation":"<p>Bucket name to list. </p> <p>When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form <i>AccessPointName</i>-<i>AccountId</i>.s3-accesspoint.<i>Region</i>.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html\">Using Access Points</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p> <p>When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form <i>AccessPointName</i>-<i>AccountId</i>.<i>outpostID</i>.s3-outposts.<i>Region</i>.amazonaws.com. When using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html\">Using S3 on Outposts</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Sets the maximum number of keys returned in the response. By default the action returns up to 1,000 key names. The response might contain fewer keys but will never contain more.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>ContinuationToken indicates Amazon S3 that the list is being continued on this bucket with a token. ContinuationToken is obfuscated and is not a real key.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The owner field is not present in listV2 by default, if you want to return owner field with each key in the result then set the fetch owner field to true.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>StartAfter is where you want Amazon S3 to start listing from. Amazon S3 starts listing after this specified key. StartAfter can be any key in the bucket.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the list objects request in V2 style. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>If the bucket has a lifecycle rule configured with an action to abort incomplete multipart uploads and the prefix in the lifecycle rule matches the object name in the request, then the response includes this header indicating when the initiated multipart upload will become eligible for abort operation. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html#mpu-abort-incomplete-mpu-lifecycle-config\">Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket Lifecycle Policy</a>.</p> <p>The response will also include the <code>x-amz-abort-rule-id</code> header that will provide the ID of the lifecycle configuration rule that defines this action.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>This header is returned along with the <code>x-amz-abort-date</code> header. It identifies applicable lifecycle configuration rule that defines the action to abort incomplete multipart uploads.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>When a list is truncated, this element specifies the last part in the list, as well as the value to use for the part-number-marker request parameter in a subsequent request.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>When a list is truncated, this element specifies the last part in the list, as well as the value to use for the part-number-marker request parameter in a subsequent request.</p>"
"documentation":"<p> Indicates whether the returned list of parts is truncated. A true value indicates that the list was truncated. A list can be truncated if the number of parts exceeds the limit returned in the MaxParts element.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>Container element that identifies who initiated the multipart upload. If the initiator is an AWS account, this element provides the same information as the <code>Owner</code> element. If the initiator is an IAM User, this element provides the user ARN and display name.</p>"
"documentation":"<p> Container element that identifies the object owner, after the object is created. If multipart upload is initiated by an IAM user, this element provides the parent account ID and display name.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>The name of the bucket to which the parts are being uploaded. </p> <p>When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form <i>AccessPointName</i>-<i>AccountId</i>.s3-accesspoint.<i>Region</i>.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html\">Using Access Points</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p> <p>When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form <i>AccessPointName</i>-<i>AccountId</i>.<i>outpostID</i>.s3-outposts.<i>Region</i>.amazonaws.com. When using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html\">Using S3 on Outposts</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies the bucket where you want Amazon S3 to store server access logs. You can have your logs delivered to any bucket that you own, including the same bucket that is being logged. You can also configure multiple buckets to deliver their logs to the same target bucket. In this case, you should choose a different <code>TargetPrefix</code> for each source bucket so that the delivered log files can be distinguished by key.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>A prefix for all log object keys. If you store log files from multiple Amazon S3 buckets in a single bucket, you can use a prefix to distinguish which log files came from which bucket.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>Describes where logs are stored and the prefix that Amazon S3 assigns to all log object keys for a bucket. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTlogging.html\">PUT Bucket logging</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service API Reference</i>.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>A conjunction (logical AND) of predicates, which is used in evaluating a metrics filter. The operator must have at least two predicates, and an object must match all of the predicates in order for the filter to apply.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>Specifies a metrics configuration filter. The metrics configuration will only include objects that meet the filter's criteria. A filter must be a prefix, a tag, or a conjunction (MetricsAndOperator).</p>"
"documentation":"<p>Specifies a metrics configuration for the CloudWatch request metrics (specified by the metrics configuration ID) from an Amazon S3 bucket. If you're updating an existing metrics configuration, note that this is a full replacement of the existing metrics configuration. If you don't include the elements you want to keep, they are erased. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTMetricConfiguration.html\"> PUT Bucket metrics</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service API Reference</i>.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>A conjunction (logical AND) of predicates, which is used in evaluating a metrics filter. The operator must have at least two predicates, and an object must match all of the predicates in order for the filter to apply.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>Specifies a metrics configuration filter. The metrics configuration only includes objects that meet the filter's criteria. A filter must be a prefix, a tag, or a conjunction (MetricsAndOperator).</p>"
"documentation":"<p>Specifies the number of days an object is noncurrent before Amazon S3 can perform the associated action. For information about the noncurrent days calculations, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/intro-lifecycle-rules.html#non-current-days-calculations\">How Amazon S3 Calculates When an Object Became Noncurrent</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>Specifies when noncurrent object versions expire. Upon expiration, Amazon S3 permanently deletes the noncurrent object versions. You set this lifecycle configuration action on a bucket that has versioning enabled (or suspended) to request that Amazon S3 delete noncurrent object versions at a specific period in the object's lifetime.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>Specifies the number of days an object is noncurrent before Amazon S3 can perform the associated action. For information about the noncurrent days calculations, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/intro-lifecycle-rules.html#non-current-days-calculations\">How Amazon S3 Calculates How Long an Object Has Been Noncurrent</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>Container for the transition rule that describes when noncurrent objects transition to the <code>STANDARD_IA</code>, <code>ONEZONE_IA</code>, <code>INTELLIGENT_TIERING</code>, <code>GLACIER</code>, or <code>DEEP_ARCHIVE</code> storage class. If your bucket is versioning-enabled (or versioning is suspended), you can set this action to request that Amazon S3 transition noncurrent object versions to the <code>STANDARD_IA</code>, <code>ONEZONE_IA</code>, <code>INTELLIGENT_TIERING</code>, <code>GLACIER</code>, or <code>DEEP_ARCHIVE</code> storage class at a specific period in the object's lifetime.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>A container for specifying the notification configuration of the bucket. If this element is empty, notifications are turned off for the bucket.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>This data type is deprecated. A container for specifying the configuration for publication of messages to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic when Amazon S3 detects specified events. </p>"
"documentation":"<p>This data type is deprecated. This data type specifies the configuration for publishing messages to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue when Amazon S3 detects specified events. </p>"
"documentation":"<p>Specifies object key name filtering rules. For information about key name filtering, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html\">Configuring Event Notifications</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration. If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>The entity tag is a hash of the object. The ETag reflects changes only to the contents of an object, not its metadata. The ETag may or may not be an MD5 digest of the object data. Whether or not it is depends on how the object was created and how it is encrypted as described below:</p> <ul> <li> <p>Objects created by the PUT Object, POST Object, or Copy operation, or through the AWS Management Console, and are encrypted by SSE-S3 or plaintext, have ETags that are an MD5 digest of their object data.</p> </li> <li> <p>Objects created by the PUT Object, POST Object, or Copy operation, or through the AWS Management Console, and are encrypted by SSE-C or SSE-KMS, have ETags that are not an MD5 digest of their object data.</p> </li> <li> <p>If an object is created by either the Multipart Upload or Part Copy operation, the ETag is not an MD5 digest, regardless of the method of encryption.</p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>Key name of the object.</p> <important> <p>Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints\"> XML related object key constraints</a>.</p> </important>"
"documentation":"<p>The container element for object ownership for a bucket's ownership controls.</p> <p>BucketOwnerPreferred - Objects uploaded to the bucket change ownership to the bucket owner if the objects are uploaded with the <code>bucket-owner-full-control</code> canned ACL.</p> <p>ObjectWriter - The uploading account will own the object if the object is uploaded with the <code>bucket-owner-full-control</code> canned ACL.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The policy status for this bucket. <code>TRUE</code> indicates that this bucket is public. <code>FALSE</code> indicates that the bucket is not public.</p>",
"locationName":"IsPublic"
}
},
"documentation":"<p>The container element for a bucket's policy status.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>Specifies whether Amazon S3 should block public access control lists (ACLs) for this bucket and objects in this bucket. Setting this element to <code>TRUE</code> causes the following behavior:</p> <ul> <li> <p>PUT Bucket acl and PUT Object acl calls fail if the specified ACL is public.</p> </li> <li> <p>PUT Object calls fail if the request includes a public ACL.</p> </li> <li> <p>PUT Bucket calls fail if the request includes a public ACL.</p> </li> </ul> <p>Enabling this setting doesn't affect existing policies or ACLs.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies whether Amazon S3 should ignore public ACLs for this bucket and objects in this bucket. Setting this element to <code>TRUE</code> causes Amazon S3 to ignore all public ACLs on this bucket and objects in this bucket.</p> <p>Enabling this setting doesn't affect the persistence of any existing ACLs and doesn't prevent new public ACLs from being set.</p>",
"locationName":"IgnorePublicAcls"
},
"BlockPublicPolicy":{
"shape":"Setting",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies whether Amazon S3 should block public bucket policies for this bucket. Setting this element to <code>TRUE</code> causes Amazon S3 to reject calls to PUT Bucket policy if the specified bucket policy allows public access. </p> <p>Enabling this setting doesn't affect existing bucket policies.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies whether Amazon S3 should restrict public bucket policies for this bucket. Setting this element to <code>TRUE</code> restricts access to this bucket to only AWS service principals and authorized users within this account if the bucket has a public policy.</p> <p>Enabling this setting doesn't affect previously stored bucket policies, except that public and cross-account access within any public bucket policy, including non-public delegation to specific accounts, is blocked.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The PublicAccessBlock configuration that you want to apply to this Amazon S3 bucket. You can enable the configuration options in any combination. For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket or object public, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html#access-control-block-public-access-policy-status\">The Meaning of \"Public\"</a> in the <i>Amazon S3 User Guide</i>. </p>"
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the data. This header must be used as a message integrity check to verify that the request body was not corrupted in transit. For more information, go to <a href=\"http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1864.txt\">RFC 1864.</a> </p> <p>For requests made using the AWS Command Line Interface (CLI) or AWS SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Describes the cross-origin access configuration for objects in an Amazon S3 bucket. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cors.html\">Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing</a> in the <i>Amazon S3 User Guide</i>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the data. This header must be used as a message integrity check to verify that the request body was not corrupted in transit. For more information, go to <a href=\"http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1864.txt\">RFC 1864.</a> </p> <p>For requests made using the AWS Command Line Interface (CLI) or AWS SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies default encryption for a bucket using server-side encryption with Amazon S3-managed keys (SSE-S3) or customer master keys stored in AWS KMS (SSE-KMS). For information about the Amazon S3 default encryption feature, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-encryption.html\">Amazon S3 Default Bucket Encryption</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the server-side encryption configuration.</p> <p>For requests made using the AWS Command Line Interface (CLI) or AWS SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The MD5 hash of the <code>PutBucketLogging</code> request body.</p> <p>For requests made using the AWS Command Line Interface (CLI) or AWS SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The MD5 hash of the <code>PutPublicAccessBlock</code> request body.</p> <p>For requests made using the AWS Command Line Interface (CLI) or AWS SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose <code>OwnershipControls</code> you want to set.</p>",
"location":"uri",
"locationName":"Bucket"
},
"ContentMD5":{
"shape":"ContentMD5",
"documentation":"<p>The MD5 hash of the <code>OwnershipControls</code> request body. </p> <p>For requests made using the AWS Command Line Interface (CLI) or AWS SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The MD5 hash of the request body.</p> <p>For requests made using the AWS Command Line Interface (CLI) or AWS SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the data. You must use this header as a message integrity check to verify that the request body was not corrupted in transit. For more information, see <a href=\"http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1864.txt\">RFC 1864</a>.</p> <p>For requests made using the AWS Command Line Interface (CLI) or AWS SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the data. You must use this header as a message integrity check to verify that the request body was not corrupted in transit. For more information, see <a href=\"http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1864.txt\">RFC 1864</a>.</p> <p>For requests made using the AWS Command Line Interface (CLI) or AWS SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the data. You must use this header as a message integrity check to verify that the request body was not corrupted in transit. For more information, see <a href=\"http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1864.txt\">RFC 1864</a>.</p> <p>For requests made using the AWS Command Line Interface (CLI) or AWS SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>>The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the data. You must use this header as a message integrity check to verify that the request body was not corrupted in transit. For more information, see <a href=\"http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1864.txt\">RFC 1864</a>.</p> <p>For requests made using the AWS Command Line Interface (CLI) or AWS SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The concatenation of the authentication device's serial number, a space, and the value that is displayed on your authentication device.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the data. You must use this header as a message integrity check to verify that the request body was not corrupted in transit. For more information, see <a href=\"http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1864.txt\">RFC 1864</a>.</p> <p>For requests made using the AWS Command Line Interface (CLI) or AWS SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The canned ACL to apply to the object. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL\">Canned ACL</a>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The bucket name that contains the object to which you want to attach the ACL. </p> <p>When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form <i>AccessPointName</i>-<i>AccountId</i>.s3-accesspoint.<i>Region</i>.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html\">Using Access Points</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the data. This header must be used as a message integrity check to verify that the request body was not corrupted in transit. For more information, go to <a href=\"http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1864.txt\">RFC 1864.></a> </p> <p>For requests made using the AWS Command Line Interface (CLI) or AWS SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Allows grantee the read, write, read ACP, and write ACP permissions on the bucket.</p> <p>This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Key for which the PUT action was initiated.</p> <p>When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form <i>AccessPointName</i>-<i>AccountId</i>.s3-accesspoint.<i>Region</i>.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html\">Using Access Points</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p> <p>When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form <i>AccessPointName</i>-<i>AccountId</i>.<i>outpostID</i>.s3-outposts.<i>Region</i>.amazonaws.com. When using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html\">Using S3 on Outposts</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The bucket name containing the object that you want to place a Legal Hold on. </p> <p>When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form <i>AccessPointName</i>-<i>AccountId</i>.s3-accesspoint.<i>Region</i>.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html\">Using Access Points</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The MD5 hash for the request body.</p> <p>For requests made using the AWS Command Line Interface (CLI) or AWS SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The MD5 hash for the request body.</p> <p>For requests made using the AWS Command Line Interface (CLI) or AWS SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p> If the expiration is configured for the object (see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html\">PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration</a>), the response includes this header. It includes the expiry-date and rule-id key-value pairs that provide information about object expiration. The value of the rule-id is URL encoded.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>If you specified server-side encryption either with an AWS KMS customer master key (CMK) or Amazon S3-managed encryption key in your PUT request, the response includes this header. It confirms the encryption algorithm that Amazon S3 used to encrypt the object.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm used.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header to provide round-trip message integrity verification of the customer-provided encryption key.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>If <code>x-amz-server-side-encryption</code> is present and has the value of <code>aws:kms</code>, this header specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) that was used for the object. </p>",
"documentation":"<p>If present, specifies the AWS KMS Encryption Context to use for object encryption. The value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding JSON with the encryption context key-value pairs.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The canned ACL to apply to the object. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL\">Canned ACL</a>.</p> <p>This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The bucket name to which the PUT action was initiated. </p> <p>When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form <i>AccessPointName</i>-<i>AccountId</i>.s3-accesspoint.<i>Region</i>.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html\">Using Access Points</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p> <p>When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form <i>AccessPointName</i>-<i>AccountId</i>.<i>outpostID</i>.s3-outposts.<i>Region</i>.amazonaws.com. When using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html\">Using S3 on Outposts</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p> Can be used to specify caching behavior along the request/reply chain. For more information, see <a href=\"http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.9\">http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.9</a>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies presentational information for the object. For more information, see <a href=\"http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec19.html#sec19.5.1\">http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec19.html#sec19.5.1</a>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced by the Content-Type header field. For more information, see <a href=\"http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.11\">http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.11</a>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Size of the body in bytes. This parameter is useful when the size of the body cannot be determined automatically. For more information, see <a href=\"http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.13\">http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.13</a>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the message (without the headers) according to RFC 1864. This header can be used as a message integrity check to verify that the data is the same data that was originally sent. Although it is optional, we recommend using the Content-MD5 mechanism as an end-to-end integrity check. For more information about REST request authentication, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RESTAuthentication.html\">REST Authentication</a>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>A standard MIME type describing the format of the contents. For more information, see <a href=\"http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.17\">http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.17</a>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable. For more information, see <a href=\"http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.21\">http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.21</a>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Gives the grantee READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions on the object.</p> <p>This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>By default, Amazon S3 uses the STANDARD Storage Class to store newly created objects. The STANDARD storage class provides high durability and high availability. Depending on performance needs, you can specify a different Storage Class. Amazon S3 on Outposts only uses the OUTPOSTS Storage Class. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html\">Storage Classes</a> in the <i>Amazon S3 Service Developer Guide</i>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores the value of this header in the object metadata. For information about object metadata, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingMetadata.html\">Object Key and Metadata</a>.</p> <p>In the following example, the request header sets the redirect to an object (anotherPage.html) in the same bucket:</p> <p> <code>x-amz-website-redirect-location: /anotherPage.html</code> </p> <p>In the following example, the request header sets the object redirect to another website:</p> <p> <code>x-amz-website-redirect-location: http://www.example.com/</code> </p> <p>For more information about website hosting in Amazon S3, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/WebsiteHosting.html\">Hosting Websites on Amazon S3</a> and <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/how-to-page-redirect.html\">How to Configure Website Page Redirects</a>. </p>",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon S3 does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use with the algorithm specified in the <code>x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm</code> header.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>If <code>x-amz-server-side-encryption</code> is present and has the value of <code>aws:kms</code>, this header specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) symmetrical customer managed customer master key (CMK) that was used for the object.</p> <p> If the value of <code>x-amz-server-side-encryption</code> is <code>aws:kms</code>, this header specifies the ID of the symmetric customer managed AWS KMS CMK that will be used for the object. If you specify <code>x-amz-server-side-encryption:aws:kms</code>, but do not provide<code> x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id</code>, Amazon S3 uses the AWS managed CMK in AWS to protect the data.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies the AWS KMS Encryption Context to use for object encryption. The value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding JSON with the encryption context key-value pairs.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies whether Amazon S3 should use an S3 Bucket Key for object encryption with server-side encryption using AWS KMS (SSE-KMS). Setting this header to <code>true</code> causes Amazon S3 to use an S3 Bucket Key for object encryption with SSE-KMS.</p> <p>Specifying this header with a PUT action doesn’t affect bucket-level settings for S3 Bucket Key.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies whether a legal hold will be applied to this object. For more information about S3 Object Lock, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html\">Object Lock</a>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The bucket name that contains the object you want to apply this Object Retention configuration to. </p> <p>When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form <i>AccessPointName</i>-<i>AccountId</i>.s3-accesspoint.<i>Region</i>.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html\">Using Access Points</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The MD5 hash for the request body.</p> <p>For requests made using the AWS Command Line Interface (CLI) or AWS SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The bucket name containing the object. </p> <p>When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form <i>AccessPointName</i>-<i>AccountId</i>.s3-accesspoint.<i>Region</i>.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html\">Using Access Points</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p> <p>When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form <i>AccessPointName</i>-<i>AccountId</i>.<i>outpostID</i>.s3-outposts.<i>Region</i>.amazonaws.com. When using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html\">Using S3 on Outposts</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The MD5 hash for the request body.</p> <p>For requests made using the AWS Command Line Interface (CLI) or AWS SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The MD5 hash of the <code>PutPublicAccessBlock</code> request body. </p> <p>For requests made using the AWS Command Line Interface (CLI) or AWS SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The <code>PublicAccessBlock</code> configuration that you want to apply to this Amazon S3 bucket. You can enable the configuration options in any combination. For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket or object public, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html#access-control-block-public-access-policy-status\">The Meaning of \"Public\"</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SQS queue to which Amazon S3 publishes a message when it detects events of the specified type.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies the configuration for publishing messages to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue when Amazon S3 detects specified events.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SQS queue to which Amazon S3 publishes a message when it detects events of the specified type. </p>"
"documentation":"<p>This data type is deprecated. Use <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_QueueConfiguration.html\">QueueConfiguration</a> for the same purposes. This data type specifies the configuration for publishing messages to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue when Amazon S3 detects specified events. </p>"
"documentation":"<p>The object key prefix to use in the redirect request. For example, to redirect requests for all pages with prefix <code>docs/</code> (objects in the <code>docs/</code> folder) to <code>documents/</code>, you can set a condition block with <code>KeyPrefixEquals</code> set to <code>docs/</code> and in the Redirect set <code>ReplaceKeyPrefixWith</code> to <code>/documents</code>. Not required if one of the siblings is present. Can be present only if <code>ReplaceKeyWith</code> is not provided.</p> <important> <p>Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints\"> XML related object key constraints</a>.</p> </important>"
"documentation":"<p>The specific object key to use in the redirect request. For example, redirect request to <code>error.html</code>. Not required if one of the siblings is present. Can be present only if <code>ReplaceKeyPrefixWith</code> is not provided.</p> <important> <p>Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints\"> XML related object key constraints</a>.</p> </important>"
"documentation":"<p>Specifies whether Amazon S3 replicates modifications on replicas.</p>"
}
},
"documentation":"<p>A filter that you can specify for selection for modifications on replicas. Amazon S3 doesn't replicate replica modifications by default. In the latest version of replication configuration (when <code>Filter</code> is specified), you can specify this element and set the status to <code>Enabled</code> to replicate modifications on replicas. </p> <note> <p> If you don't specify the <code>Filter</code> element, Amazon S3 assumes that the replication configuration is the earlier version, V1. In the earlier version, this element is not allowed.</p> </note>"
"documentation":"<p>The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) role that Amazon S3 assumes when replicating objects. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-how-setup.html\">How to Set Up Replication</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>A container for one or more replication rules. A replication configuration must have at least one rule and can contain a maximum of 1,000 rules. </p>",
"documentation":"<p>The priority indicates which rule has precedence whenever two or more replication rules conflict. Amazon S3 will attempt to replicate objects according to all replication rules. However, if there are two or more rules with the same destination bucket, then objects will be replicated according to the rule with the highest priority. The higher the number, the higher the priority. </p> <p>For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication.html\">Replication</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>An object key name prefix that identifies the object or objects to which the rule applies. The maximum prefix length is 1,024 characters. To include all objects in a bucket, specify an empty string. </p> <important> <p>Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints\"> XML related object key constraints</a>.</p> </important>",
"documentation":"<p>A container that describes additional filters for identifying the source objects that you want to replicate. You can choose to enable or disable the replication of these objects. Currently, Amazon S3 supports only the filter that you can specify for objects created with server-side encryption using a customer master key (CMK) stored in AWS Key Management Service (SSE-KMS).</p>"
"documentation":"<p>A container for information about the replication destination and its configurations including enabling the S3 Replication Time Control (S3 RTC).</p>"
"documentation":"<p>A container for specifying rule filters. The filters determine the subset of objects to which the rule applies. This element is required only if you specify more than one filter. </p> <p>For example:</p> <ul> <li> <p>If you specify both a <code>Prefix</code> and a <code>Tag</code> filter, wrap these filters in an <code>And</code> tag. </p> </li> <li> <p>If you specify a filter based on multiple tags, wrap the <code>Tag</code> elements in an <code>And</code> tag.</p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>An object key name prefix that identifies the subset of objects to which the rule applies.</p> <important> <p>Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints\"> XML related object key constraints</a>.</p> </important>"
"documentation":"<p>A container for specifying rule filters. The filters determine the subset of objects to which the rule applies. This element is required only if you specify more than one filter. For example: </p> <ul> <li> <p>If you specify both a <code>Prefix</code> and a <code>Tag</code> filter, wrap these filters in an <code>And</code> tag.</p> </li> <li> <p>If you specify a filter based on multiple tags, wrap the <code>Tag</code> elements in an <code>And</code> tag.</p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>A filter that identifies the subset of objects to which the replication rule applies. A <code>Filter</code> must specify exactly one <code>Prefix</code>, <code>Tag</code>, or an <code>And</code> child element.</p>"
"documentation":"<p> Specifies whether the replication time is enabled. </p>"
},
"Time":{
"shape":"ReplicationTimeValue",
"documentation":"<p> A container specifying the time by which replication should be complete for all objects and operations on objects. </p>"
}
},
"documentation":"<p> A container specifying S3 Replication Time Control (S3 RTC) related information, including whether S3 RTC is enabled and the time when all objects and operations on objects must be replicated. Must be specified together with a <code>Metrics</code> block. </p>"
},
"ReplicationTimeStatus":{
"type":"string",
"enum":[
"Enabled",
"Disabled"
]
},
"ReplicationTimeValue":{
"type":"structure",
"members":{
"Minutes":{
"shape":"Minutes",
"documentation":"<p> Contains an integer specifying time in minutes. </p> <p> Valid values: 15 minutes. </p>"
}
},
"documentation":"<p> A container specifying the time value for S3 Replication Time Control (S3 RTC) and replication metrics <code>EventThreshold</code>. </p>"
"documentation":"<p>Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html\">Downloading Objects in Requestor Pays Buckets</a> in the <i>Amazon S3 Developer Guide</i>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The bucket name containing the object to restore. </p> <p>When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form <i>AccessPointName</i>-<i>AccountId</i>.s3-accesspoint.<i>Region</i>.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html\">Using Access Points</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p> <p>When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form <i>AccessPointName</i>-<i>AccountId</i>.<i>outpostID</i>.s3-outposts.<i>Region</i>.amazonaws.com. When using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html\">Using S3 on Outposts</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Lifetime of the active copy in days. Do not use with restores that specify <code>OutputLocation</code>.</p> <p>The Days element is required for regular restores, and must not be provided for select requests.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>A container for describing a condition that must be met for the specified redirect to apply. For example, 1. If request is for pages in the <code>/docs</code> folder, redirect to the <code>/documents</code> folder. 2. If request results in HTTP error 4xx, redirect request to another host where you might process the error.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>Container for redirect information. You can redirect requests to another host, to another page, or with another protocol. In the event of an error, you can specify a different error code to return.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>Specifies the redirect behavior and when a redirect is applied. For more information about routing rules, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/how-to-page-redirect.html#advanced-conditional-redirects\">Configuring advanced conditional redirects</a> in the <i>Amazon S3 User Guide</i>.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>Object key prefix that identifies one or more objects to which this rule applies.</p> <important> <p>Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints\"> XML related object key constraints</a>.</p> </important>"
"documentation":"<p>If <code>Enabled</code>, the rule is currently being applied. If <code>Disabled</code>, the rule is not currently being applied.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>Specifies when an object transitions to a specified storage class. For more information about Amazon S3 lifecycle configuration rules, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/lifecycle-transition-general-considerations.html\">Transitioning Objects Using Amazon S3 Lifecycle</a> in the <i>Amazon S3 User Guide</i>.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>Specifies lifecycle rules for an Amazon S3 bucket. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTlifecycle.html\">Put Bucket Lifecycle Configuration</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service API Reference</i>. For examples, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html#API_PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration_Examples\">Put Bucket Lifecycle Configuration Examples</a>.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>Specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) to use for encrypting inventory reports.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>Specifies the start of the byte range. This parameter is optional. Valid values: non-negative integers. The default value is 0. If only start is supplied, it means scan from that point to the end of the file.For example; <code><scanrange><start>50</start></scanrange></code> means scan from byte 50 until the end of the file.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>Specifies the end of the byte range. This parameter is optional. Valid values: non-negative integers. The default value is one less than the size of the object being queried. If only the End parameter is supplied, it is interpreted to mean scan the last N bytes of the file. For example, <code><scanrange><end>50</end></scanrange></code> means scan the last 50 bytes.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>Specifies the byte range of the object to get the records from. A record is processed when its first byte is contained by the range. This parameter is optional, but when specified, it must not be empty. See RFC 2616, Section 14.35.1 about how to specify the start and end of the range.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>The SSE Algorithm used to encrypt the object. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html\">Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys</a>. </p>",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies the byte range of the object to get the records from. A record is processed when its first byte is contained by the range. This parameter is optional, but when specified, it must not be empty. See RFC 2616, Section 14.35.1 about how to specify the start and end of the range.</p> <p> <code>ScanRange</code>may be used in the following ways:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <code><scanrange><start>50</start><end>100</end></scanrange></code> - process only the records starting between the bytes 50 and 100 (inclusive, counting from zero)</p> </li> <li> <p> <code><scanrange><start>50</start></scanrange></code> - process only the records starting after the byte 50</p> </li> <li> <p> <code><scanrange><end>50</end></scanrange></code> - process only the records within the last 50 bytes of the file.</p> </li> </ul>"
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Request to filter the contents of an Amazon S3 object based on a simple Structured Query Language (SQL) statement. In the request, along with the SQL expression, you must specify a data serialization format (JSON or CSV) of the object. Amazon S3 uses this to parse object data into records. It returns only records that match the specified SQL expression. You must also specify the data serialization format for the response. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTObjectSELECTContent.html\">S3Select API Documentation</a>.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>AWS Key Management Service (KMS) customer master key ID to use for the default encryption. This parameter is allowed if and only if <code>SSEAlgorithm</code> is set to <code>aws:kms</code>.</p> <p>You can specify the key ID or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the CMK. However, if you are using encryption with cross-account operations, you must use a fully qualified CMK ARN. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-encryption.html#bucket-encryption-update-bucket-policy\">Using encryption for cross-account operations</a>. </p> <p> <b>For example:</b> </p> <ul> <li> <p>Key ID: <code>1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab</code> </p> </li> <li> <p>Key ARN: <code>arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab</code> </p> </li> </ul> <important> <p>Amazon S3 only supports symmetric CMKs and not asymmetric CMKs. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symmetric-asymmetric.html\">Using Symmetric and Asymmetric Keys</a> in the <i>AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide</i>.</p> </important>"
"documentation":"<p>Describes the default server-side encryption to apply to new objects in the bucket. If a PUT Object request doesn't specify any server-side encryption, this default encryption will be applied. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTencryption.html\">PUT Bucket encryption</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service API Reference</i>.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>Specifies the default server-side encryption to apply to new objects in the bucket. If a PUT Object request doesn't specify any server-side encryption, this default encryption will be applied.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>Specifies whether Amazon S3 should use an S3 Bucket Key with server-side encryption using KMS (SSE-KMS) for new objects in the bucket. Existing objects are not affected. Setting the <code>BucketKeyEnabled</code> element to <code>true</code> causes Amazon S3 to use an S3 Bucket Key. By default, S3 Bucket Key is not enabled.</p> <p>For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-key.html\">Amazon S3 Bucket Keys</a> in the <i>Amazon S3 User Guide</i>.</p>"
"documentation":"<p> A container for filter information for the selection of Amazon S3 objects encrypted with AWS KMS. If you include <code>SourceSelectionCriteria</code> in the replication configuration, this element is required. </p>"
"documentation":"<p>A filter that you can specify for selections for modifications on replicas. Amazon S3 doesn't replicate replica modifications by default. In the latest version of replication configuration (when <code>Filter</code> is specified), you can specify this element and set the status to <code>Enabled</code> to replicate modifications on replicas. </p> <note> <p> If you don't specify the <code>Filter</code> element, Amazon S3 assumes that the replication configuration is the earlier version, V1. In the earlier version, this element is not allowed</p> </note>"
"documentation":"<p>A container that describes additional filters for identifying the source objects that you want to replicate. You can choose to enable or disable the replication of these objects. Currently, Amazon S3 supports only the filter that you can specify for objects created with server-side encryption using a customer master key (CMK) stored in AWS Key Management Service (SSE-KMS).</p>"
"documentation":"<p>Specifies whether Amazon S3 replicates objects created with server-side encryption using a customer master key (CMK) stored in AWS Key Management Service.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>Specifies data related to access patterns to be collected and made available to analyze the tradeoffs between different storage classes for an Amazon S3 bucket.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>The number of consecutive days of no access after which an object will be eligible to be transitioned to the corresponding tier. The minimum number of days specified for Archive Access tier must be at least 90 days and Deep Archive Access tier must be at least 180 days. The maximum can be up to 2 years (730 days).</p>"
},
"AccessTier":{
"shape":"IntelligentTieringAccessTier",
"documentation":"<p>S3 Intelligent-Tiering access tier. See <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html#sc-dynamic-data-access\">Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects</a> for a list of access tiers in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class.</p>"
}
},
"documentation":"<p>The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, without additional operational overhead.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SNS topic to which Amazon S3 publishes a message when it detects events of the specified type.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The Amazon S3 bucket event about which to send notifications. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html\">Supported Event Types</a> in the <i>Amazon S3 User Guide</i>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>A container for specifying the configuration for publication of messages to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic when Amazon S3 detects specified events.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>A container for specifying the configuration for publication of messages to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic when Amazon S3 detects specified events. This data type is deprecated. Use <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_TopicConfiguration.html\">TopicConfiguration</a> instead.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>Indicates when objects are transitioned to the specified storage class. The date value must be in ISO 8601 format. The time is always midnight UTC.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>Indicates the number of days after creation when objects are transitioned to the specified storage class. The value must be a positive integer.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>Specifies when an object transitions to a specified storage class. For more information about Amazon S3 lifecycle configuration rules, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/lifecycle-transition-general-considerations.html\">Transitioning Objects Using Amazon S3 Lifecycle</a> in the <i>Amazon S3 User Guide</i>.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm used.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header to provide round-trip message integrity verification of the customer-provided encryption key.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) that was used for the object.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The bucket name.</p> <p>When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form <i>AccessPointName</i>-<i>AccountId</i>.s3-accesspoint.<i>Region</i>.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html\">Using Access Points</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p> <p>When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form <i>AccessPointName</i>-<i>AccountId</i>.<i>outpostID</i>.s3-outposts.<i>Region</i>.amazonaws.com. When using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html\">Using S3 on Outposts</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies the source object for the copy operation. You specify the value in one of two formats, depending on whether you want to access the source object through an <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/access-points.html\">access point</a>:</p> <ul> <li> <p>For objects not accessed through an access point, specify the name of the source bucket and key of the source object, separated by a slash (/). For example, to copy the object <code>reports/january.pdf</code> from the bucket <code>awsexamplebucket</code>, use <code>awsexamplebucket/reports/january.pdf</code>. The value must be URL encoded.</p> </li> <li> <p>For objects accessed through access points, specify the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the object as accessed through the access point, in the format <code>arn:aws:s3:<Region>:<account-id>:accesspoint/<access-point-name>/object/<key></code>. For example, to copy the object <code>reports/january.pdf</code> through access point <code>my-access-point</code> owned by account <code>123456789012</code> in Region <code>us-west-2</code>, use the URL encoding of <code>arn:aws:s3:us-west-2:123456789012:accesspoint/my-access-point/object/reports/january.pdf</code>. The value must be URL encoded.</p> <note> <p>Amazon S3 supports copy operations using access points only when the source and destination buckets are in the same AWS Region.</p> </note> <p>Alternatively, for objects accessed through Amazon S3 on Outposts, specify the ARN of the object as accessed in the format <code>arn:aws:s3-outposts:<Region>:<account-id>:outpost/<outpost-id>/object/<key></code>. For example, to copy the object <code>reports/january.pdf</code> through outpost <code>my-outpost</code> owned by account <code>123456789012</code> in Region <code>us-west-2</code>, use the URL encoding of <code>arn:aws:s3-outposts:us-west-2:123456789012:outpost/my-outpost/object/reports/january.pdf</code>. The value must be URL encoded. </p> </li> </ul> <p>To copy a specific version of an object, append <code>?versionId=<version-id></code> to the value (for example, <code>awsexamplebucket/reports/january.pdf?versionId=QUpfdndhfd8438MNFDN93jdnJFkdmqnh893</code>). If you don't specify a version ID, Amazon S3 copies the latest version of the source object.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The range of bytes to copy from the source object. The range value must use the form bytes=first-last, where the first and last are the zero-based byte offsets to copy. For example, bytes=0-9 indicates that you want to copy the first 10 bytes of the source. You can copy a range only if the source object is greater than 5 MB.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon S3 does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use with the algorithm specified in the <code>x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm</code> header. This must be the same encryption key specified in the initiate multipart upload request.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use to decrypt the source object. The encryption key provided in this header must be one that was used when the source object was created.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected destination bucket owner. If the destination bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected source bucket owner. If the source bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm used.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header to provide round-trip message integrity verification of the customer-provided encryption key.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) was used for the object.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated.</p> <p>When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form <i>AccessPointName</i>-<i>AccountId</i>.s3-accesspoint.<i>Region</i>.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html\">Using Access Points</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p> <p>When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form <i>AccessPointName</i>-<i>AccountId</i>.<i>outpostID</i>.s3-outposts.<i>Region</i>.amazonaws.com. When using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html\">Using S3 on Outposts</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide</i>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the part data. This parameter is auto-populated when using the command from the CLI. This parameter is required if object lock parameters are specified.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon S3 does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use with the algorithm specified in the <code>x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm header</code>. This must be the same encryption key specified in the initiate multipart upload request.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP <code>403 (Access Denied)</code> error.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies whether MFA delete is enabled in the bucket versioning configuration. This element is only returned if the bucket has been configured with MFA delete. If the bucket has never been so configured, this element is not returned.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Describes the versioning state of an Amazon S3 bucket. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTVersioningStatus.html\">PUT Bucket versioning</a> in the <i>Amazon Simple Storage Service API Reference</i>.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>The name of the error document for the website.</p>"
},
"IndexDocument":{
"shape":"IndexDocument",
"documentation":"<p>The name of the index document for the website.</p>"
},
"RedirectAllRequestsTo":{
"shape":"RedirectAllRequestsTo",
"documentation":"<p>The redirect behavior for every request to this bucket's website endpoint.</p> <important> <p>If you specify this property, you can't specify any other property.</p> </important>"
},
"RoutingRules":{
"shape":"RoutingRules",
"documentation":"<p>Rules that define when a redirect is applied and the redirect behavior.</p>"
}
},
"documentation":"<p>Specifies website configuration parameters for an Amazon S3 bucket.</p>"
"documentation":"<p>A string that uniquely identifies an error condition. Returned in the <Code> tag of the error XML response for a corresponding <code>GetObject</code> call. Cannot be used with a successful <code>StatusCode</code> header or when the transformed object is provided in the body.</p>",
"location":"header",
"locationName":"x-amz-fwd-error-code"
},
"ErrorMessage":{
"shape":"ErrorMessage",
"documentation":"<p>Contains a generic description of the error condition. Returned in the <Message> tag of the error XML response for a corresponding <code>GetObject</code> call. Cannot be used with a successful <code>StatusCode</code> header or when the transformed object is provided in body.</p>",
"location":"header",
"locationName":"x-amz-fwd-error-message"
},
"AcceptRanges":{
"shape":"AcceptRanges",
"documentation":"<p>Indicates that a range of bytes was specified.</p>",
"location":"header",
"locationName":"x-amz-fwd-header-accept-ranges"
},
"CacheControl":{
"shape":"CacheControl",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain.</p>",
"location":"header",
"locationName":"x-amz-fwd-header-Cache-Control"
},
"ContentDisposition":{
"shape":"ContentDisposition",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies presentational information for the object.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced by the Content-Type header field.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>An opaque identifier assigned by a web server to a specific version of a resource found at a URL. </p>",
"location":"header",
"locationName":"x-amz-fwd-header-ETag"
},
"Expires":{
"shape":"Expires",
"documentation":"<p>The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable.</p>",
"location":"header",
"locationName":"x-amz-fwd-header-Expires"
},
"Expiration":{
"shape":"Expiration",
"documentation":"<p>If object stored in Amazon S3 expiration is configured (see PUT Bucket lifecycle) it includes expiry-date and rule-id key-value pairs providing object expiration information. The value of the rule-id is URL encoded. </p>",
"documentation":"<p>The date and time that the object was last modified.</p>",
"location":"header",
"locationName":"x-amz-fwd-header-Last-Modified"
},
"MissingMeta":{
"shape":"MissingMeta",
"documentation":"<p>Set to the number of metadata entries not returned in <code>x-amz-meta</code> headers. This can happen if you create metadata using an API like SOAP that supports more flexible metadata than the REST API. For example, using SOAP, you can create metadata whose values are not legal HTTP headers.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>A map of metadata to store with the object in S3.</p>",
"location":"headers",
"locationName":"x-amz-meta-"
},
"ObjectLockMode":{
"shape":"ObjectLockMode",
"documentation":"<p>Indicates whether an object stored in Amazon S3 has Object Lock enabled. For more information about S3 Object Lock, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-lock.html\">Object Lock</a>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Indicates if request involves bucket that is either a source or destination in a Replication rule. For more information about S3 Replication, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/replication.html\">Replication</a>.</p>",
"documentation":"<p>Encryption algorithm used if server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was specified for object stored in Amazon S3.</p>",
"documentation":"<p> If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) that was used for stored in Amazon S3 object. </p>",
"documentation":"<p> 128-bit MD5 digest of customer-provided encryption key used in Amazon S3 to encrypt data stored in S3. For more information, see <a href=\"https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html\">Protecting data using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C)</a>.</p>",